Transcription					
[i] -	in	[э] — dog	[p] — pen	[h]	— hat
[е] -	pen	[a] — bus	[b] — bed	ГЛ	— shelf
[зе]-	bag	[u] — book	[t] — ten	[3]	— pleasure
	[9] -	sister	[d] — desk	[tf]	— chair
[i:]-	tree	[a:] — fork	[k] — cat	[d3]	— page
			[g] — go	[m]	— man
[а:]-	car	[u:] — blue	[f] — face	[n]	— no
	[9:]-	- girl	[v] — five	[0]	— long
[ei] -	- plate	[ou] — rose	[0] — three	[w]	— wall
[ai] -	- nine	[ia] — ear	[6] — this	[1]	— lamp
[3i] -	- boy	[ea] — hair	[s] — stone	[r]	— red
[au] -	- house	[ua] — poor	[z] — rose	[j]	— yes
Types of Syllables				
	I	II	III	IV
a	[ei] plate	[ae] bag	[a:] car	[ЕЭ] parents
e	[i:] tree	[e] pen	[a:] her	[ia] here
i(y)	[ai] nine	[i] six	[э:] girl	[aia] fire
0	[ou] rose	[э] dog	[э:] fork	[э:] more
u	[ju:] student	[a] busj	[a:] turn	[jua] pure

А. П. Старков, Р. Р. Диксон Б. С. Островский
ENGLISH
Учебник
2—и год обучения (для 6 класса средней школы)
СПЕЦИАЛЬНАЯ
ЛИТЕРАТУРА
Санкт-Петербург
1995
Условные обозначения
Восклицательный знак, стоящий ('лева от таблицы, ! обозначает, что нужно обратить внимание на слова, которые читаются нс по правилам.
(/грелка, стоящая рядом с таблицей, содержащей три формы глаголов, указывает на то, что эта ’•чХ таблица дается в помощь ученику для выполнения упра жнения.
Таким значком помечены упражнения для домашнего задания.
ГС Такое сокращение обозначает «Грамматический справочник»; первая цифра после этого сокращения указывает на раздел справочника, вторая и третья — на пункты этого раздела.
В конце учебного пособия дан англо-русский словарь.
ISBN 5-7571-0025'7 (Доп. тир. 1 -й зав.)
(С) Издательство
«Специальная Литература», 1995 fc'i Старков А. П., Диксон Р. Р.,
Островский Б. С., 1995
(О Волошкин О. П., оформление обложки, 1995
Памятка
Старые, новые задачи
За прошлый учебный год вы уже многому научились. Над чем же надо работать в этом году? Вы будете довольны собой, если к концу года научитесь:
—	понимать не только речь учителя в классе и ваших товарищей, но и небольшие рассказы, записанные на магнитофон;
—	высказываться по ситуации более логично и последовательно, а также передавать основное содержание прочитанного или прослушанного. Высказывание ваше должно состоять не менее чем из 6 фраз;
—	беседовать с товарищем, то есть не только задавать свои и отвечать на его вопросы, но дополнять и уточнять высказывания, приглашать и побуждать собеседника что-то сделать. В такой беседе вы должны сказать не менее 4-х реплик и быть хорошим собеседником;
— прочитать про себя небольшой рассказ, в котором будут встречаться незнакомые вам слова, и все же понять то, о чем читаете. О значении неизвестных слов вы научитесь догадываться сами или будете быстро обращаться к сноскам и словарю.
К концу года вы сможете прочитать свою первую английскую книжку. А для этого стоит потрудиться!
Не забудьте в конце 6 класса вернуться к этой памятке и проверить, все ли вы умеете делать так, как она требует. Если да, то — молодцы: вы хорошо поработали!
I*
з
Раздел I
Unit 1
§ i
1.	Прочитайте варианты приветствия и прощания. Используйте их в своей речи.
Everyday Sentences
Hello!
Good morning!
Good afternoon!
Good evening!
Hi!
Good-bye!
Bye-bye!
Bye!
Good night!
See you on Sunday.
2.	Прочитайте слова. Обратите внимание на чтение гласных букв в слогах I, II и III типов. В случае необходимости при чтении руководствуйтесь таблицей.
	plate	face	name	take	table
а	bag	back	cap	hand	hat
	car	arm	dark	large	garden
	flat	cake	yard	late	black
	park	farmer	stand	lamp	apple
	place	cat	paper	scarf	map
	rose	nose	sofa	those	go
0	dog	sock	long	hot	stocking
	fork	form	short	corner	morning
4
open	doctor	wrong	clock	on
forty	over	not	home	or
stop	October	off	no	box
tree	see	street	green	she
pen	dress	ten	left	leg
her	term	perfect	verb	person
mean	please	teacher	clean	season
week	shelf	three	then	her
men	these	bed	tea	sleep
we	he	feet	eat	text
	I	II	III
a	plate	bag	car
0	rose	dog	fork
e	tree	pen	her
i(y)	nine	six	girl
u	student	bus	turn
3.	Прочитайте фразы, обратив внимание на употребление глагола is.
That boy is my friend. His name is Victor. He is eleven. Victor is a schoolboy in the sixth form. He is not at the desk.
What is that girl’s name? Her name is Mary.
How old is she? She is seven.
Is there a bag on the shelf? Yes, there is.
What is there in the box? There is a toy there.
Where is the cat? It is on the chair.
Is the dog in the room or in the yard? The dog is in the yard.
son brother mother colour come above one to into two who whose shoe woman head bread eye engineer ear
5
▲ 4. а) Прочитайте фразы и объясните употребление глагола is.
Who is that boy? He is Oleg.
Is he a schoolboy? Yes, he is.
How old is Oleg? He is twelve.
Where is he? He is at the desk.
Is there a book on the desk? Yes, there is.
What kind of book is that? It is an English textbook.
Is the book thick? Not, it is not thick, it is thin.
Is the book open or shut? It is open.
б)	Прочитайте слова и перепишите их в 3 столбика, сгруппировав по I, II и III типу ударного слога:
name, form, her, short, dress, see, dark, hand, black, cake, sock, green, place, long, men, farmer, home, we, nose, morning, arm, cap, then, car, bend, March, me, man, feet, date, text, corner, paper, scarf, bad, leg, over, face, hat, left, make, doctor
§ 2
5.	Прочитайте слова. Обратите внимание на чтение гласных букв в слогах I, II и III типов. В случае необходимости при чтении руководствуйтесь таблицей I.
nine six		tie milk	five big	nice spring	time winter
•» У	girl	first	third	shirt	skirt
	dinner	fine	little	my	drink
	like	middle	kitchen	tie	lip
	minus	fifth	white	thirteen	Friday
	tube	use	duty	student	
	blue	glue	ruler	true	
	bus	plus	up	summer	
U	turn	bum	hurt	nurse	
	number	Tuesday butter		uncle	
	shut	June	turn	Sunday	
	much	supper	duster	sun	
6
6.	Прочитайте фразы, обратив внимание на употребление глагола аге.
Those girls are Rita and Vera. The girls are not sisters.
They are five years old. Rita and Vera are in the yard playing with their friends.
Who are those boys? They are Sasha and Kolya. What are Sasha and Kolya? They are schoolboys. Are they in the fifth form? No, they are not. What form are they in? They are in the sixth form. Are they at school or at home now? They are at home. Are they good friends? Yes, they are.
7.	Посмотрите на рисунки и расспросите соседа об изображенных предметах и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.
5.	6.	7.	8.
8.	Прочитайте транскрипцию. Обратите внимание на совпадение по форме транскрипционных значков с буквами:
hl
[n] [in] in
It] fit] it
[e] [ten] ten
[Pl [pen] pen
[m] [men] men
[I] [lip] lip
[k] [milk] milk
[s] [silk] silk
[d][desk] desk
[b] [bed] bed [r] [red] red
[f] [left] left [g] [big] big
[w] [wel] well
child kind right piece friend suit put picture
7
[it]	[il]	[pen]	[silk]	[film]
[sit]	[milk]	[siks]	[tel]	[get]
[ten]	[desk]	[men]	[tekst]	[wen]
Памятка
Загадочные знаки
«Что за странные знаки? — спросите вы. — Похожи на буквы, но в английском алфавите некоторых нет».
Вы правы, это действительно не буквы, хотя многие из них похожи на буквы. Это знаки фонетической транскрипции, то есть знаки, с помощью которых можно передать звучание любого английского олова. Вы ведь уже знаете, что часто звучание и написание английских слов очень отличаются друг от друга. Вот здесь-то и придут вам ,на помощь знаки фонетической транскрипции, которые заключены в квадратные скобки, например ['ti:tfa].
Транскрипция подскажет вам, где поставить ударение в многосложном слове: значок ставится перед ударным слогом. Подскажет она и как нужно произносить гласные.
В учебнике на первом форзаце вы найдете небольшой справочник, который называется Transcription. Знакомые вам слова напомнят то, как читается тот или иной знак транскрипции.
▲ 9. а) Прочитайте фразы и объясните употребление глагола аге.
How many windows аге there in your classroom? There are four windows.
Are the windows open or shut? They are shut.
Are there pictures on the walls of the room? Yes, there are.
Are the schoolchildren in the classroom? Yes, they are.
8
Where are the schoolchildren’s textbooks and exercise-books?
They are in their bags.
Are the bags on the desks? No, they are not on the desks. The bags are in the desks.
б) Прочитайте слова и перепишите их в 3 столбика, сгруппировав по I, II и III типу ударного слога:
butter, student, like, skirt, lip, drink, much, turn, first, tube, fine, shirt, number, tie, sum, third, milk, supper, children, winter, cup, my, summer, his
§ 3
10.	Прочитайте слова. Обратите внимание на чтение буквосочетаний, представленных в таблицах.
all	w(h)a		f ask| ass . \asV	ai(ay)	au(aw)
ball	watch	wall	glass	rain	autumn
all	what	wardrobe	class	may	draw
tall	want	warm	past	play	daughter
small	wash	water	ask	day	August
wash		classroom	tall		last
ask		football	draw		wardrobe
afternoon		warm	day		daughter
ее	ea	ei(ey)
tree	teacher	eight
9
street green see	please	grey clean	they read	eighty
eat	eighty	speak	sleep	thirteen
they	feet	eighteen	tea	grey
week	season	between	seventeen	fifteen
	00	ook	oi(oy)	ou(ow)	ow	old
	spoon	book	boy	house	window	cold
room cool too	look	point good	toy bookcase joint			count blouse town	yellow show snow	old gold bold
brown foot boy	round old snow		yellow	boot point	cool trousers out		cold bookshelf afternoon	
it. Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	What are tights made of?
2.	What are umbrellas made of?
3.	What are raincoats made of?
4.	What are scarves made of?
5.	What are suits made of?
6.	What are shirts made of?
7.	What are clothes made of?
8.	What are handbags made of?
chalk hair fair square aunt now how young f touch you your four our colour bread head *	weather breakfast present their there
here engineer new
io
12.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа об изображенных предметах одежды, из чего они сделаны, а также ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.
13.	Прочитайте транскрипцию. Обратите внимание на отличие по форме между транскрипционными значками и буквами.
[э] [dog] dog
[h] [hot] hot
[oi] [point] point
[ж] [haet] hat
[л] [Ьлз]. bps [u][buk] book [ai] [nain] nine [v] [faiv] five
[ou][nou] no
[z] [rouz] rose [ei] [pleit] plate [au][haus] house [э] ['sista] sister
[wot]	[meid]	[pl.AS]	[haus]	['кл!э]
[stop]	[kout]	[buk]	[said]	[’nailan]
[boi]	[waif]	[fleet]	[kould]	['liti]
14.	а) Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на употребление артиклей с существительными.
1.	What’s that? It’s a piece of chalk. 2. Is that a cup of tea or a cup of coffee? It’s a cup of coffee. 3. Here is a piece of bread and a piece of butter. 4. Drink a glass of milk or a glass of water. 5. Take two pieces of cake, please.
1. Is that handbag made of nylon? No, it isn’t. It’s made of cotton. 2. Is the umbrella made of silk or of nylon? It’s made of silk. 3. What are these clothes made of? They are made of cotton. 4. Is your raincoat made of wool? Yes, it is. 5. What is your jacket made of? It’s made of wool.
11
б)	Вставьте пропущенные буквы и прочитайте слова:
ra-ncoat, sma-1, windo-, tro-sers, bro-n, gre-, gre-n, w-at, wa-ch, bo-kshelf, po-nt, te-, se-son, e-ghteen, wa-drobe, cla-sroom.
§ 4
15.	Прочитайте, выучите фразы для выражения согласия и несогласия и используйте их в свой речи.
Everyday Sentences
Oh, yes!	Oh, no!
Of course!	Of course not!
That’s right.	That’s not right.
That’s all right.
All right.
16.	Прочитайте слова песни и выучите их.
Good Morning
I’m calling1 good morning, Good morning to you.
This bright sunny2 morning.
How are you?
I’m calling good morning, Good morning to you, This bright sunny morning. Quite3 well, and you?
1 call — кричать, зд. приветствовать; 2 sunny — солнечный; 3 quite [kwait] — совершенно, зд. очень
12
17.	Прочитайте цифры и обратите внимание на образование составных числительных (См. ГС I 1, 2.)
101 113 144 255 370 869 1,407 2,600	one hundred and one one hundred and thirteen one hundred and forty-four two hundred and fifty-five three hundred and seventy eight hundred and sixty-nine one thousand four hundred and seven two thousand six hundred
18.	Прочитайте транскрипцию. Обратите внимание на форму транскрипционных значков и обозначение долготы звука.
[i:] [tri:] tree car
[э:] [fo:k] fork [u:] [spurn] spoon [э:] [ga:l] girl
[j] [jes] yes
[0] [9ri:] three
[6] [&is] this
(Л [Jelf] shelf
[tf] [bentj] bench
[mi:t]	[fa:]	[tjo:k]	l'ti:tla]	['pati]
[ho:l]	[fju:]	[Ia:t]	[’nai6a]	[*ba:0dei]
[lam]	[li:v]	[nju:]	['pi:pl]	['fa:&a]
▲ 19. a) Прочитайте фразы и выделите в них глаголы. Объясните образование утвердительных, отрицательных и вопросительных форм.
The young man is sitting in an arm-chair. He is not watching TV, he is reading a newspaper.
What are you doing now? I am doing my homework. Where are the little girls going? They are going to the park.
Are the children' playing in the yard or in the street? They are playing in the yard.
Are you sleeping? No, I am not.
Who is speaking English? We are.
13
б) Напишите числа словами:
444; 1,558; 702; 3,900; 965; 10; 180.
§ 5
20. Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на употребление выделенных слов и словосочетаний.
too, either ['aids]:
neither [’naibo] ... nor:
I have two sisters, Vera and Sveta. Vera is a schoolgirl. Sveta is a schoolgirl too. Vera’s hair isn’t fair. Sveta’s hair isn’t fair either. Is that a cup of tea or a cup of coffee? It’s neither a cup of tea nor a cup of coffee. It’s a cup of milk. Have you a cat or a dog? I have neither a cat nor a dog.
21.	Посмотрите на рисунок, прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	Is the girl in the picture 10 or 20?
2.	Is her dress long or short?
3.	Is her name Kate or Lena?
4.	Has she a bag or a book in her hand?
5.	Has she a cap or a hat on?
6.	Is the girl sitting or going to school?
Ann, 15
14
Памятка
.	Учитесь читать, слушая
Научиться правильно и быстро читать вслух можно, только следуя хорошему образцу.
Итак, слушайте и читайте! Но — как?
Что бы вы ни читали — слова, фразы или текст: а) сначала проследите по книге, как читает учитель, б) повторите прочитанное вслух, не отрываясь от книги, в) старайтесь каждый последующий раз прочитывать быстрее.
Когда вы читаете:
слова,	фразы,	текст,
то следите:	то следите:	то следите:
а) за правиль-	а) за правиль-	а) за правиль-
ностью звуков,	ным чтением	ными паузами
б) за правиль-	фразы,	между фразами,
ностью ударе-	б) за логичес-	б) за правиль-
ния.	ким ударением,	ной интонацией,
	в) за правиль-	в) за правиль-
	ной интонацией.	ным ритмом.
Если вы читаете еще не очень хорошо, то полезно перед чтением одну минуту просмотреть упражнение и установить, где кроется трудность в чтении, чтобы обратить на нее внимание.
22.	Прочитайте фразы, соблюдая ритм.
1.	This	is	a	jacket.
This	is	a	green jacket.
This	is	a	dark green jacket.
This	is	a	nice dark green	jacket.
This is my very nice dark green jacket.
This is a very nice dark green jacket made of wool.
15
2.	She has a coat on.
She has a warm coat on. .
She has a warm brown coat on.
She has a warm brown coat and a hat on.
She has a warm brown coat and a yellow hat on.
She has a warm brown coat and a nice yellow hat on.
23.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа о внешности малыша и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы о Гришиных.
24.	Прочитайте транскрипцию. Обратите внимание на форму транскрипционных значков.
[ea] [tjea] chair [ia] [nia] near [ua] [pua] poor		[rj] [bo] long [3] [’р!езэ] pleasure [d3] [peids] page	
[hia]	[без]	[roo]	[fa:]	['hsoio]
[lads]	[haeo]	[nia]	[Ju:]	[’intrastio]
[fo:]	[tja:k]	[’aua]	[fea]	['р1езэ]
▲ 25. а) Прочитайте фразы. Обратите внимание на употребление too, either, neither ... nor.
I.	This is a glass of water. That is a glass of water too. 2. This is not a cup of coffee. That is not a cup of coffee, either. 3. The raincoat is not made of cotton. The jacket is not made of cotton either.
either neither piece wear right bright tights
16
1. The girl is neither very tall nor very short. 2. The umbrella is neither on the shelf nor in the wardrobe.
3.	The blouse is made neither of silk nor of nylon.
б)	Перепишите предложения, вставляя, где нужно, too, either, neither, и прочитайте написанное:
I have two sisters. Their names are Tanya and Marina. Tanya is a schoolgirl, Marina is a schoolgirl ... . Marina is in the third form. Tanya is in the first form. Tanya’s hair is fair and long. Her sister’s hair is fair ... . Tanya’s nose is not long. Marina’s nose is not long ...... Marina nor Tanya has English lessons.
§ 6
26.	Прочитайте варианты формулы знакомства. Используйте их в ситуациях при знакомстве.
Everyday Sentences
May I introduce my friend Boris?
Let me introduce Stenin. Let me introduce you to Victor.
Meet my friend Mr.
Grey.
This is my friend Victor.
Hello!
How do you do?
Nice to meet you. I’m very pleased to meet you.
17
27.	Прочитайте разделительные вопросы разных типов и ответы на них. Обратите внимание на употребление отрицательных и утвердительных форм в вопросах и ответах. (См. ГС II)
This is a jacket, isn’t it? Yes, it is.
This isn’t a blouse, is it? No, it isn’t.
Those are stockings, aren’t they? No, they aren’t.
Those aren’t socks, are they? Yes, they are.
has a dog,
The boy
hasn’t he? Yes, he has. The girl has no cat, has she? No, she hasn’t.
The woman is carrying an umbrella, isn’t she? Yes, she is. The man isn’t holding a bag, is he? Yes, he is.
You can read English, can’t you? Yes, I can.
You cannot speak English, can you? Yes, I can.
18
This
is
a pencil
This
a pencil
This
a pen
has
no
brother
has he

28.	Посмотрите на рисунки, прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1. You can see a table in this picture,
can’t you?
2.	The table isn’t square, is it?
3.	That is a glass bf water, isn’t it?
4.	The glass isn’t on the table, is it?
5.	The table has four legs, hasn’t it?
1.	The little girl is sitting, isn’t she?
2.	The little boy isn’t sitting, is he?
3.	The girl is wearing a short dress, isn’t she?
19
4.	The children are playing, aren’t they?
5.	The children aren’t playing in the yard, are they?
29. Прочитайте фразы, соблюдая ритм.
The girl has a blouse and a skirt on.
The girl has on a blouse made of white silk and a blue skirt.
The boy is wearing a jacket and a scarf.
The boy is wearing a jacket made of nylon and a blue scarf.
The girl is sitting in the arm-chair.
The young girl is sitting in the arm-chair in the corner. The young girl is sitting in the arm-chair in the corner of the room.
The young girl is sitting in the arm-chair in the corner of the room near the window.
▲ 30. а) Посмотрите на рисунок, прочитайте фразы и выберите из них те, которые соответствуют рисунку.
tl. This is Ann. 2. Ann is a big girl. 3. Ann is a little girl. 4?The girl is not tall. 5. She is thin. 6. She isn’t thin. 7. She has a round face. 8. Her nose is short. 9. Her hair is fair and long. 10. Her hair is dark and short. 11. She has a dark dress on. 12. She has a blouse and a short skirt on. 13. She has socks and shoes on. 14. She has stockings and shoes on. 15. Ann has a big ball in her hands.
б)	Опишите девочку, используя отобранные фразы.
f either neither eye
•	hair fair
ear year wear fights bright
20
31.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы правой и левой колонок. Обратите внимание на написание сокращенных форм.
Let us read the text.	Let’s read the text.
Let us speak English.	Let’s speak English.
Let us do our exercises.	Let’s do our exercises.
Let us clean the	Let’s clean the
blackboard.	blackboard.
Памятка
Многозначные слова
В английском языке, как и в любом другом, есть слова, которые имеют не одно, а два и больше значений. Прочтите следующие фразы:
1)	I meet my friend in the schoolyard.
2)	Meet my friend Igor.
Слово одно и то же — «meet», а в первом случае оно означает «встречать», а во втором — «познакомиться».
В учебнике имеются упражнения, которые помогут вам овладеть многозначностью слов. Поэтому, выполняя их, действуйте так:
прочтите фразы, в которых употребляется многозначное слово;
определите разницу в значении слова, опираясь на смысл фраз, в которых оно употреблено;
подумайте, в каких случаях можно использовать это слово в одном и другом значении; придумайте свои примеры с этим словом.
21
32.	Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на значение и употребление в них выделенных слов. Употребите эти слова в своих высказываниях.
let:	Let us go to the park. Let me
see. Let him come in. Let her go out. Let them go.
introduce [intro'djurs]: Let me introduce to you Ivanov. Let me introduce my friend. Introduce me to your brother.
meet:	Every day we meet in the street.
Meet my brother Alec.
glad:	I am glad to meet you. I am very
glad to see you.
33.	Прочитайте текст и ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
Meet Lena
Let me introduce Lena. Here she is.
She is the girl in the picture. Lena is a Russian girl. She is in the fifth form. She is a student of School Number 34.	/i Л
Lena is young, she is twelve years old. / £ j ] She is not very tall, but she is not small OtegJ either. She is neither very tall nor very small. She is thin. Lena’s hair is fair. Икр Lena has a round face. She has large, 1И bright blue eyes. Lena’s nose is small. She  has red lips. Her ears are small.
• Lena is wearing a brown dress. Her
dress is made of wool. She has a scarf on. The scarf is made of silk. In her left hand she is holding a book. It’s her English book. Lena has tights on. She is wearing brown shoes.
Lena is a very nice girl.
I.	Is Lena tall or small?
2.	Lena is thin, isn’t she?
3.	What colour is her hair?
22
4.	She has long hair, hasn’t she?
5.	Lena’s face is round, isn’t it?
6.	Has Lena a coat or a raincoat on?
7.	What is she wearing?
8.	What has she on her legs?
9.	What is she holding in her left hand?
10.	What is the girl in the picture doing?
▲ 34. а) Прочитайте английские пословицы и поговорки и подберите к ним соответствующие русские.
1.	То work with the left hand.
2.	Keep* your mouth1 2 shut and your ears open.
3.	It rains cats and dogs.
4.	Saying and doing are two things.3
1 keep — зд. держать; 2 mouth — рот; 3 thing — вещь
б)	Напишите ответы на вопросы, используя too, either, neither ... not, и прочитайте написанное:
1.	Аге you in the street or at school? 2. I am not fourteen. How old are you? 3. My brother is a student. Are you a student? 4. She has a scarf on. Have you a scarf? 5. He isn’t wearing a cap now. Are the students of your class wearing caps of hats? 6. Are you carrying a handbag or an umbrella?
§ 8
35. Прочитайте фразы. Обратите внимание на употребление местоимений с предлогом to и без него в разных фразах.
(См. ГС III)
1. Give me the newspaper!
Give it to me!
23
4. I am I am
giving you the newspaper, giving it to
you.
5. Give us the newspaper! Give it to us!
6. Give them the newspaper!
Give it to them!
24
Памятка
Вы получили задание: «Инсценировать диалог»
Когда вы инсценируете чей-то разговор,
1)	сначала повторите за учителем во время пауз весь диалог и представьте себя в роли одного и другого собеседника;
2)	прочтите этот диалог и постарайтесь разобраться: кто беседует, чего каждый- собеседник добивается, где и когда происходит эта беседа;
3)	подумайте, какие жесты и мимика будут уместны в этой беседе и где их использовать;
4)	подберите себе' собеседника и прочтите диалог по ролям, стараясь не подсматривать в текст;
5)	поменяйтесь ролями и проделайте то же самое, по возможности не заглядывая в- учебник;
6)	инсценируйте диалог без опор.
Не забудьте вести себя естественно, как собеседники!
36.	Прочитайте диалоги в лицах. Проведите с соседями аналогичные диалоги.
Short Conversations
1.	«Meet Vera. She is my friend. This is my brother.» «How do you do?» «How do you do?»
2.	«Мау I introduce my uncle, Boris Alexeyevich Smirnov? This is Inna Vasilievna, my teacher.»
«How do you do, Inna Vasilievna? I’m very pleased to meet you.»
«Nice to meet you, Boris Alexeyevich.»
3.	«Do you know my friend Lena? This is Olga.» «Hello, Lena. Nice to meet you.» «Hello, Olga.»
25
37.	Прочитайте текст и опишите мальчика.
Boris, Lena’s Brother
This is Boris. He is Lena’s brother.
Boris is a schoolboy.
He is in the second form.
Boris is eight yeai» old.
He is tall. He has dark hair and brown eyes.
Boris is wearing a dark green jacket and grey trousers. His socks are grey, and
his boots
are black. Boris’s shirt is white. It is made of cotton.
He has neither a cap nor a hat on his head.
▲ 38. а) Подготовьте описание одного из учеников вашего класса, не называя его (ее) имени. По этому описанию его (ее) должны узнать другие учащиеся.
б)	Перепишите предложения, вставляя, где нужно, местоимения me, you, him, her, it, us, them, и прочитайте написанное.
1.	My brother is here. You can see ... in the corner of the room. 2. Let ... go home! 3. Introduce ... to your friend, please. 4. Look at that picture! Do you like ... ? 5. It is raining, but the children are in the yard. Take ... home! 6. I am very glad to meet ... . 7. That’s my sister. Look at ... .
§ 9
39.	Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на положение в них местоимений me, you, her, him, us, them и место логического ударения.
Give me a pencil. Ask him questions. Show us your picture. Tell them to go home. Ask her to open
brother young eye neither hair wear
26
the window. Are you giving the book to her or to him? I am giving it to him. Is she showing her exercise-book to me or to you? She is showing it to you. He is not looking at us, he is looking at them.
40.	Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на положение предлогов в конце специальных вопросов.
What аге you putting the book on? I am putting it on the bookshelf.
Who are you going to the park with? I am going to the park with my friend.
What is he pointing to? He is pointing to Voronezh on the map.
Who is the girl playing with? She is playing with her sister.
What are you writing with? I am writing with a piece of chalk.
41.	Прочитайте считалку и ответьте на вопросы.
How Much?
«How much is eight and eleven?» Asks little Evan.
«How much is eleven plus eight?» Asks little Kate.
«How much is eight from eleven?»
Wants to know1 little Evan.
«How much is eleven minus eight?» Wants to know little Kate'.
1 wants to know [nou] — хочет знать
42.	Прочитайте и выучите шутливое стихотворение.
There is a Little Girl
There is a little girl
And she has a little curl*
Right down the middle of her forehead.2
27
When she is good, She is very, very good.
But when she is bad, she is horrid.3
1 curl — локон; 2 forehead ['forid] — лоб; 3 horrid — ужасный
▲ 43. а) Прочитайте фразы, соблюдая правильную интонацию.
Who are you looking at? I am looking at that man. What is he looking at? He is looking at that nice picture.
Who is she sitting with? She is sitting with her friend. What are you sitting on? I am sitting on the sofa. Who is he having breakfast with? He is having breakfast with his grandmother.
б) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	The teacher is looking at the boys. (Who ... at?)
2.	This suit is made of wool. (What ... of?)
3.	You are sitting at the desk. (What ... at?)
4.	He is playing with a dog. (What ... with?)
5.	The man is pointing to the little girl. (Who ... to?)
6.	The schoolboy is cleaning the blackboard with the duster. (What ... with?)
§ 10
44. Прочитайте разделительные вопросы с глаголами в Present Indefinite и обратите внимание на их образование. (См. ГС II)
You go to school in the morning, don’t you? Yes, I do.
You don’t like coffee, do you? No, I don’t.
woman friend piece hair fair father
28
The little girl wears a warm scarf, doesn’t she? Yes, she does.
He doesn’t take a bus, does he? No, he doesn’t.
The friends meet near the school, don’t they? No, they don’t.
The old woman doesn’t live in this house, does she? Yes, she does.
He likes coffee
45. Прочитайте текст и ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
The Stogovs
In the street you can see a man and a woman. They are the Stogovs. The man is Victor Nikolayevich Stogov, he is Lena’s father. The woman is his wife Vera Ivanovna Stogova. Vera Ivanovna is a very nice woman.
She is wearing a dark green skirt, a short coat and a yellow blouse. Her coat and skirt are made of wool. The blouse is made
of silk. She has no hat on. She has fine nylon stockings on her legs and very nice shoes on her feet. She is holding a handbag in her hand.
Victor Nikolayevich, Vera Ivanovna’s husband, is tall. He has a dark blue suit on. It is made of wool.
He has a white shirt and a black silk tie on. He has his raincoat over his left arm. He has no hat on.
29
1.	You can see a man and a woman in the picture, can’t you?
2.	Who are the man and the woman?
3.	Are they husband and wife?
4.	What is Vera Ivanovna like?
5.	What is she wearing?
6.	Her skirt and coat are made of nylon, aren’t they?
7.	What is she holding in her hand?
8.	Victor Nikolayevich is not very tall, is he?
9.	Has he a cap or a hat on?
10.	What has he on?
46. Прочитайте загадку и отгадайте ее.
It is running1 Night and day, But it never2 Runs away3.
1 run — бежать; 2 never ['nevo] — никогда; 3 away [ o'wei] — прочь
▲ 47. а) Прочитайте текст и объясните слова мальчика в конце его.
A Barking1 Dog Does Not Bite2
«Sam,» says his father, «put on your cap and coat and let us go for a walk.»
Sam is happy.3 He likes to go out with his father. He puts on his cap and his coat and says: «Father, I am ready.»4
Sam and his father go out into the street. There they see a big black dog. The dog begins to bark. Sam is afraid5 of the dog. He wants to run6 home.
«Don’t be afraid, Sam,» says his father. «You know the proverb:6 «А barking dog does not bite.»
«Oh, yes,» says Sam. «I know the proverb, you know the proverb, but does the dog know the proverb?»
1 bark — лаять; 2 bite — кусать; 3 happy — счастлив; 4 ready ['redi] — готов; 5 afraid [o’freid] — напуган; 6 run — бежать; 6 proverb ['provo:b| — пословица
30
б) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	Нс comes home at four o’clock. (Does ... or ...)
2.	They do not have dinner at home. (Do ...)
3.	We have four lessons on Saturday. (How many ...)
4.	In the afternoon the children play in the yard. (Where ...)
5.	She has hot milk for supper. (Who ...)
6.	We have breakfast at eight o’clock. (What ...)
§ 11
4Я. Посмотрите на рисунок и ответьте на вопросы.
The Vetrovs
1.	Who can you see in the picture?
2.	What is the man’s name?
3.	Is the woman his wife?
4.	What are they doing?
5.	Where are the man and the woman sitting?
6.	What has the man on?
7.	The woman has a white blouse on, hasn’t she?
8.	Is she holding a handbag or a book in her hand?
9.	What is the woman wearing?
10.	Who are the man and the woman?
31
49.	Прочитайте вопросы соседу и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.
1.	What is your name?
2.	What form are you in?
3.	Have you a friend?
4.	Is your friend a boy or a girl?
5.	What is your friend’s name?
6.	Are you wearing a raincoat or a coat?
7.	What have you on?
8.	What are you doing now?
50.	Прочитайте описание ситуации и выполните задание.
Your parents’ friends come to see ypur family. Describe them and their clothes.
51.	Прочитайте слова популярной английской песни и выучите их.
For He’s a Jolly Good Fellow
For he’s a jolly good fellow,1 For he’s a jolly good fellow, For he’s a jolly good fellow And so say all of us.
And so say all of us, And so say all of us. For he’s a jolly good fellow, For he’s a jolly good fellow, For he’s a jolly good fellow, And so say ail of us.
«Three cheers2 for John Smith!
«Hip, hip...
«Hooray!
«Hip, hip...
«Hooray!
«Hip, hip...
«Hooray!»
1 jolly good fellow — очень славный малый; 2 cheer [tfia] — приветствие
32
▲ 52. а) Прочитайте и скажите, в чем ходят в школу английские школьники.
English Schoolchildren
Henry White is an English schoolboy. He goes to school in London. He is in Form Five.
When he goes to school, he wears a white shirt and a tie with the colours of his school. Over his shirt he wears a school jacket. His school jacket is called1 a blazer.2 Henry’s school blazer is blue, the colour of his school. He has the school badge3 on the pocket4 of his blazer. He has his school badge on his cap too.
English schoolgirls wear a blouse or shirt and a skirt. They wear their school blazer too. Their hat has the school badge on the front. Schoolgirls wear black stockings and shoes.
In winter English boys and girls wear a coat and a scarf. Winter in England is not very cold. It does not snow much, but it often rains. So boys and girls often wear a raincoat.
1 is called — называется; 2 blazer — куртка (школьная или спортивная); 3 badge — эмблема, значок; 4 pocket — карман
б	) Напишите ответы на вопросы упражнения 49.
§	12
53.	Прочитайте высказывания и выскажитесь о себе, используя too ц either.
1.	I am in the classroom.
2.	The boy is not late.
3.	The girl is eleven.
4.	We are having an English lesson.
5.	The children don’t like cold rain.
6.	They go to school.
33
2 Зак. 153
7.	I have no watch.
8.	She has no hat on.
54.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	Аге you 15 or 16 years old?
2.	Have you a coat or a raincoat on?
3.	Are you in the yard or in the street?
4.	Is your teacher reading or writing?
5.	Are your eyes green or black?
6.	Are you Petrov(a) or Ivanov(a)?
55.	Расспросите соседа, что он (она) собирается делать в субботу и в воскресенье, и предложите ему (ей) что-то делать совместно.
56.	Познакомьтесь с ситуациями и выполните задания.
1.	There is a new boy (girl) in you class. Describe him (her).
2.	You go to school and meet your friend’s mother (father). Describe her (him).
57.	Прочитайте числа и решите вслух примеры.
100; НО; 173; 30Г, 487; 1017; 1952; 2100; 5464; 6666.
125 4- 75=	258-111=	817-117 =
303 - 13=	549 4-100=	982 4-18 =
bright а	handbag n	me pron	tights n pl
carry v	him pron	meet v	umbrella n
clothes п	hold v	neither ... nor cj	us pron
coffee п	husband n	nylon n	wear v
cotton п	introduce v	raincoat n	wife n
either pron	jacket n	silk n	wool n
glad a	let v	them pron	
	make v	thousand n	
34
Unit 2
§ 1
1. Прочитайте слова. Обратите внимание на чтение буквы i в различных буквосочетаниях. Затем попытайтесь правильно прочитать слова, помещенные в рамке, опираясь на таблицу.
ild (ind)	igh	ir
child	right	girl
kind	night	third
behind	bright	shirt
kind — drink	night — milk	ild	find	might
child — children	right — ring	ind	mild	fight
behind — dinner	bright — big	igh	kind	light
nice	silk	right	skirt	kind
behind	first	ring	time	night
thick	thirty	child	bright	fine
2. Прочитайте фразы. Обратите		внимание на	употребление
оборота to be going to в утвердительной, отрицательной и вопросительной формах. (См. ГС IV)
The boy is going to open the window.
He is not going to open the door. Is the boy going to open the door? No, he isn’t.
Is the boy going to open the door or the window? He is going to open the window. What is the boy going to do? He is going to open the window.
friend piece field live either neither
35
2*
What is he going to open? He is going to open the window.
The little girl is going to be a doctor.
The girl is going to be a doctor, isn’t she? Yes, she is.
Is she going to be a doctor or a teacher?
She is going to be a doctor. What is she going to be? She is going to be a doctor.
3. Прочитайте фразы, соблюдая ритм.
Не is	going	to	see	a	film.
He is	going	to	see	a	new	film.
He is	going	to	see	a	new	Russian	film.
He is going to see a new Russian film about children. Victor is going to see a new Russian film about children.
His brother Victor is going to see a new Russian film about children.
My friend’s brother Victor is going to see a new Russian film about children.
4. Посмотрите на рисунки 1 и 2, а затем на 3 и 4, расспросите соседа, что собираются делать и делают девочка и мальчики, а также ответьте на такие же вопросы соседа. Исправьте друг друга, если допустили ошибки.
36
3.
4.
▲ 5. а) Прочитайте вопросы и ответы, соблюдая правильную интонацию.
Аге we going to have a Russian lesson? No, we are not. He is going to be an engineer, isn’t he? Yes, he is. What are you going to do? I am going to watch TV. What are you going to read? I am going to read an English book.'
Who are you going to give this box to? I am going to give it to my sister.
Where are they going to live? They are going to live in a village.
Is she going to work at a factory or on a farm? She is going to work at a factory.
What is the weather going to be like? It is going to be fine.
б) Напишите по строчке каждое слово, вставляя пропущенные буквы:
r-ght, k-nd, ei-ht, nig-t, beh-nd, ch-ld, bri-ht
в) Опровергните утверждения и прочитайте написанное:
1.	I am going to play football. 2. They are going to take a Number Five bus. 3. We are going to see a new film. 4. It is going to snow. 5. He is going to take off his raincoat. 6. She is going to take her umbrella.
mother son brother love young woman who aunt daughter near ready
37
6. Посмотрите на рисунки, прочитайте фразы и скажите, в
чем заключаются различия в их общем значении и как
это отражено в форме предложений.
1. What is the girl doing? She is sitting at the table.
Is she going to read a book? No, she isn’t.
What is she going to do? She is going to write.
What is she going to write?
. She is going to write a letter.
The girl is not going to read a Russian book, is she? No, she isn’t.
2. Is the girl going to write a letter?
No, she isn’t.
What is she doing? She is writing.
What is she writing? She is writing a letter.
Who is she writing a letter to?
She is writing a letter to her friend.
Who is writing a letter? The girl is.
7.	Расспросите соседа, что он (она) собирается делать сегодня вечером, завтра и в воскресенье в течение дня, и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.
8.	Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на употребление в них выделенных слов.
too: His sister goes to the institute, my brother is a student too. He works at a hospital, my father is a doctor too. The weather is too bad, put your raincoat on. I live too far from here, let us take a bus.
38
like: The girl is going to be a milkmaid like her mother. What is the film like? It is interesting. The little girl likes to play with her toys.
party: Mr. Smith is a member of the Labour party. We are going to a birthday party.
letter: Z is the last letter of the alphabet. I am going to write a letter to my friend.
say, tell,	Say «Thank you» to your aunt. He says
speak, talk: his friend’s name is Alec. Can you tell me where he lives? Tell him to leave the room. Speak English, please! She is speaking to her friend about the holidays. Don’t talk, please! They are talking about football.
9.	Прочитайте текст. Ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
Lena Tells Us About Her Family
Part I
My name is Lena Stogova. I live with my family in town. I go to School Number 34. I am in the sixth form. My school is near my house.
, My father’s name is Victor Nikolayevich. He is forty years old. He is tall. He has grey-hair and brown eyes. My father is a worker. He works at a factory. His factory is far from our house and he takes a bus when he goes to work. On Mondays, Tuesdays, Thursdays and Fridays he goes to the institute in the evening. He is a student at the institute and he is going to be an engineer.
My mother’s name is Vera Ivanovna. She is thirty-eight. She is neither very tall nor small. She has fair hair and blue eyes. She is a doctor at a hospital.
39
1.	Where does Lena Stogova live?
2.	Where is her school?
3.	Where does Lena’s father work?
4.	How does Victor Nikolayevich go to work?
5.	What is his wife?
▲ 10. а) Прочитайте вопросы и ответы и подготовьте диалогичные вопросы к соседу.
What is he going to be? He is going to be a driver. We are going to see Aunt Nina, aren’t we? Yes, we are. What are you going to give your mother on her birthday?
I am going to give her nice flowers.
What are they going to do after school? They are going to play football.
Who is she going to speak to? She is going to speak to her parents.
Is it going to rain? No, it isn’t.
б)	Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте написанное:
1.	You are going to be a teacher. (What ...)
2.	We are going to play on the playground. (Where ...)
3.	The weather is going to be bad. (Is ... or ...)
4.	You are going to ring your friend. (Who ...)
5.	You are going to get to the cinema at a quarter to four. (When ...)
6.	The teacher is going to speak to my mother. (Who ... to?)
§ 3
11.	Прочитайте фразы, обратив внимание на выделенные обороты.
Look at the boy sitting at the desk in the corner of the room.
Can you see the children watching TV?
The girl wearing a raincoat is my sister.
40
She is in her room doing homework.
The man is sitting on the bench reading a newspaper.
The daughter is sitting in the arm-chair watching TV.
12.	Прочитайте фразы. Обратите внимание на употребление в вопросах и ответах инфинитива с частицей to после глаголов. (См. ГС V, I)
The boy wants to play football.
What does the boy want to do? He wants to play. What does he want to play? He wants to play football. The children like to go to the cinema.
Where do the children like to go? They like to go to the cinema.
Who likes to go to the cinema? The children do.
13.	Прочитайте фразы. Выскажитесь аналогичным образом, используя инфинитивные обороты после глаголов want, like, ask, tell.
He does not want to see the film, it is not interesting. I like to watch TV, they show interesting films.
She wants to be a teacher like her mother.
I do not like to carry an umbrella in bad weather. Tell your brother to come here, I want to see him. Ask her to ring me.
My father likes to read newspapers after work in the evening.
The beys want to play with their friends on the playground after school.
14.	Прочитайте текст. Ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
Lena Tells Us About Her Family Part II
I have one brother. His name is Boris. He is eight. He goes to school and he is in the second form. He does not like school. He does not like to do sums. He does not want to be a doctor like his mother or a worker like his father. He is going to be a driver.
41
i have a small sister too. Her name is Nadyusha. She is five. She does not go to school, she is too young. She likes to play with her toys.
My grandmother lives with us in our house. She is seventy years old. She does not work, she is too old. She is a pensioner. I have no grandfather.
I have an aunt and an uncle. Uncle Yuri and Aunt Rosa have a son, Sasha, and a daughter, Valya.
Our family is a happy one. Boris, Nadyusha and I love our parents very much and our parents love us too.
1.	How many brothers and sisters has Lena?
2.	Boris is in the fifth form, isn’t he?
3.	What does he want to be?
4.	Have the children a grandfather and a grandmother?
5.	The children love their parents, don’t they?
▲ 15. а) Прочитайте тексты упражнений 9, 14 и подготовьте описание семьи Лены.
б)	Перепишите предложения, вставляя, где нужно,' too, и прочитайте написанное:
1. She can’t watch this film. She is young. 2. The grandmother loves the children very much. She is good to them. 3. My friend likes to play football. I like football. 4. It’s late. You must go to bed. 5. Victor is a university student. His friend Dmitry is a student. 6. The institute is far from the house. You must take a bus.
§ 4
16.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответы. Задайте аналогичные вопросы своему соседу.
Which book do you want to take, this one or that one? I want to take this book.
What do you like to drink, tea or coffee? I like to drink coffee.
When do you want to ring her? I want to ring her after two o’clock.
Who do you want to write this letter to? I want to write this letter to my friend.
Who wants to go to the park? We do.
You do not like to be late, do you? No, I don’t.
i7.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	What do you want to be?
2.	You do not like to wear a raincoat, do you?
3.	Do you like to read books about children?
4.	What do you want to do in the evening?
5.	Where do you like to go on Sundays?
6.	Do you like to watch TV?
18.	Прочитайте формы выражения личного мнения, предположений. Используйте их в соответствующих ситуациях.
Everyday Sentences
I think, he is late.
I think so.
I don’t think so.
To' my mind, it is right. In my opinion, you must do it.
I suppose, he is ill.
I hope he is well.
43
19.	Посмотрите на изображение членов семьи и расспросите соседа об их родственных отношениях, возрасте и роде занятий и выскажите свои предположения относительно этого.
▲ 20. а) Прочитайте фразы и выразите свое отношение к этим высказываниям, используя выражения из упр. 18.
1. I like to see new films and I go to the cinema every Saturday and Sunday. 2. My aunt and uncle want to see you on Sunday. 3. I want to take a bus and go to the university, it is far from our house. 4. He does not like to get bad marks. 5. The boys want* to play football with their friends on the playground after school. 6. The little girl does not want to put on her warm coat.
б)	Напишите 8 предложений, в которых сообщите, что вы хотите (и не хотите) делать, что вам нравится (не нравится) делать.
§ 5
21.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа об изображенном (используя причастные обороты) и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы, высказывая свои предположения.
44
1.
2.
22.	Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на инфинитивы и инфинитивные обороты. (См. ГС V 2)
Tell your sister to ring me today.
Ask your mother to come to school.
The weather is going to be bad.
She is going to be a doctor.
I like to drink tea in hot weather.
It is late to go to the cinema.
It is time for you to be ready for your lessons.
It is time to be at work.
ready weather engineer son brother mother come live
45
23.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	What are you doing now?
2.	What are you going to do now?
3.	Do you want to be an engineer?
4.	What are you going to be?
5.	Do you like to read books?
6.	What books do you like to read?
7.	Do you like to see new films on TV or at the cinema?
8.	What do you like to do in the evening?
24.	Прочитайте текст. Посмотрите на рисунок и расспросите соседа об изображенной сцене.
The Stogovs at Home
In the evening after work the Stogovs sit in their living-room. They are sitting there now. You can see them in the picture.
Victor Nikolayevich, the father, is sitting on the sofa reading a newspaper. He is reading an interesting article in «Trud».
Vera Ivanovna, his wife, is sitting in am arm-chair watching TV. She says to her husband, «Victor, they are going to show a very interesting film on TV. Come and watch it.»
46
Lena is sitting on a chair at the desk in the children’s room. She is doing her homework. She is writing exercises in her exercise-book. She wants to see the new film on TV, but she must do her homework now.
Her brother Boris is standing at the door. He has a football in his hands and he is wearing old boots. He likes to play football very much. He is going to play football with his friends now.
You cannot see Nadyusha in the living-room. She is in her grandmother’s room playing with her toys.
▲ 25. а) Посмотрите на рисунок упр. 25 и подготовьте его описание.
б)	Напишите ответы на вопросы упр. 23.
§ 6
26. Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок. Обратите внимание на употребление местоимений. (См. ГС V 3)
Mum, I want to help you to wash up the dishes. Г want to drink milk. I do not like to be late.
Boris, I want you to help me to wash up the dishes.
1 want you to drink milk.
I do not like you to be late.
47
What do you want to do? I want to do my homework. What do you want me to do? I want you to go to bed. Do you want to read a book or to watch TV? I want to watch TV.
Do you want me or Alec to meet you in the street?
I want you to meet me.
Who do you want to do it? I want him to do it.
want
want
to read the book
to read the book
27. Посмотрите на рисунок и ответьте на вопро^л.

1.	What can you see in this picture?
2.	Is the family large or small?
3.	What is the grandmother doing?
4.	What are the mother and the father doing?
5.	Where are they sitting?
6.	What is the daughter going to do?
7.	Who is playing?
8.	The family are going to have dinner, aren’t they?
48
28. Прочитайте формулы благодарности и ответов на благодарность. Используйте их в ситуациях.
Thanks.
Thank you.
Thank you very much.
Not at all.
That’s all right. It’s a pleasure. Don’t mention it.
29. Прочитайте и выучите стихотворение.
How Do You Do?
«How do you do, Hatty?
«How do you do?
«I hope you are well, Hatty?»
«I hope you are too.»
▲ 30. а) Прочитайте фразы и отберите те из них, в которых выражается пожелание в адрес другого лица.
1. I want you to come home at five o’clock. 2.. She wants to help you with your work. 3. He likes to work in the garden in spring. 4. I want you to help your little sister. 5. I want you to be a worker. 6. The children like to play on the playground.
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя местоимения me, you, him, her, it, us, them, и прочитайте написанное:
1. The mother has two sons. She loves ... very much. 2. The book is interesting. I want to read ... . 3. Ivanov is present. You can see ... at the front desk. 4. Tell - ... about the new film. We want to go to the cinema.
5. I want ... to clean the room. 6. Don’t turn to me. The teacher is looking at ... . 7. My sister is small and I love ... .
49
31.	Прочитайте фразы. Опишите ситуации, в которых используются эти фразы.
It is time to get up.
It is time for you to have dinner.
It is difficult to do this exercise.
It is interesting to watch TV.
I am sorry to be late.
I am happy to be here.
I am glad to meet you.
I am ready to go to school.
32.	Прочитайте краткие диалоги в лицах. Проведите с другим учеником аналогичный телефонный разговор
Short Conversations Over the Telephone
I.	«Hello, may I speak to Ann?»
«I’m sorry, Ann’s not at home. What can I do for you?»
«Please tell her to ring me up.»
«Who is speaking?»
«Oh, I’m sorry, this is Alec here.
She knows my number. Thank you very much.»
«It’s a pleasure.»
2.	«Hello, is that Vera?»
«No, Vera doesn’t live here. You must have the wrong number.»
«Oh, I’m sorry!»
«That’s all right.»
ready weather pleasure mention pensioner
50
33.	Прочитайте и выучите стихотворение.
A Child’s Wish
I want to live
And not to die!1
I want to laugh
And not to cry!2
I want to feel3
The summer sun4
I want to sing
When life is fun5 I want to fly6 Into the blue
I want to swim7 As fishes8 do
I want to stretch9 out Friendly hands.
To all the young Of other lands.10
I want to laugh And not to cry!
I want to live And not to die
1	die — умирать; 2 cry — плакать; 3 feel — чувствовать;
4	sun — солнце;	5 fun — удовольствие; 6 fly — летать;
7	swim — плавать; 8 fish — рыба; 9 stretch out — протягивать; 10 land — земля, страна
34.	а) Прочитайте фразы и выделите в них инфинитивные обороты.
1.	It is time to do your homework. 2. It is time for the children to have breakfast. 3. Is it time to go to school? Yes, it is. 4. It is time for us to wear warm clothes, isn’t it? Yes, it is. 5. I am glad to see you. 6. I am happy to live in this town. 7. It is difficult for me to get up in the morning. 8. It is interesting to walk in the park. 9. Are you ready to have breakfast? Yes, I am.
б) Завершите фразы, используя инфинитивные обороты по своему усмотрению.
• I. It is time for me ... . 2. I am happy ... . 3. It is difficult for him ... . 4. It is interesting ... . 5. We are ready ... . 6. It is easy for him ... . 7. We are glad ... . 8. I am sorry ... .
51
35.	Посмотрите на рисунки и побеседуйте с соседом об изображенном, высказывая свои предположения и мнения.
1.
Памятка
«Побеседуем!»
Работая над диалогом:
1)	прочтите диалог с товарищем по ролям;
2)	прочтите образец диалога, обращая внимание на то, как и почему именно так реагируют на реплики собеседника;
3)	поменяйтесь ролями и прочтите диалог еще раз;
4)	просмотрите диалог и подумайте, какие готовые фразы использовались, что добавить, как можно изменить диалог, чтобы сделать его более подходящим для вас лично;
5)	побеседуйте со своим товарищем на ту же тему, но по-своему.
36.	Прочитайте текст и скажите, что дети собираются делать, куда хотят пойти и во что одеваются. Опираясь на текст, разыграйте такую же сцену с соседями.
52
in the Morning
Mother: Lena and Boris, it is time to go to school. Lena: Yes, Mum, we are ready. We are going now. Boris: Is the weather cold? Must I put my coat on? Mother: It isn’t cold, but it’s raining. You must put your coat or your raincoat on. And you, Lena, must take your umbrella.
Lena: Mum, I’m going to put my raincoat on. I don’t like to carry an umbrella.
Boris: I want to go and see the new film at the cinema after lessons.
Mother: You may go, but Lena must go with you. Now go to school. You must not be late.
Lena, Boris: Bye, Mum!
Mother: Bye-bye, children.
37.	Прочитайте фразы и объясните наличие перед существительными определенного или неопределенного артикля или их отсутствие. (См. ГС VI I)
The definite The children are in the park now. article — the 1 He goes to the institute in the
evening.
The indefinite I have a small dog. article — a (an) I am reading an interesting
English book.
No article
There are apple-trees in Aunt Vera’s garden.
I have bread and butter and tea for my breakfast.
mind suppose only ready machine
53
38.	Прочитайте фразы и скажите, какой артикль употреблен перед существительными.
1.	The mother works at a hospital. 2. Let us go to the cinema; the film is going to be interesting. 3. You can see machines and tractors on the farm. 4. The suit is made of wool. 5. He wants to be a driver.
6. The boys are going to play football on the playground.	—
▲ 39. а) Подготовьте описание своей семьи.
б) Напишите полные ответы на вопросы.
1.	Is it difficult for you to read English texts?
2.	What are you going to do at five o’clock?
3.	What do you like to have for supper?
4.	Are you ready to go out?
5.	Where do you want to go on Sunday?
6.	What is the weather going to be like?
40.	Прочитайте текст и ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
Pavel’s Family
Pavel is a village boy. He lives not far from a big town. The name of the village is Roshino. Pavel goes to the village school, he is in the sixth form. He is a good student and gets good marks.
Pavel’s parents are farmers. Their farm is very big. It has many tractors and machines. Fyodor Stepanovich Petrov, Pavel’s father, is a tractor driver. His wife, Anna Ivanovna works on the farm too, she is a milkmaid. She is thirty-seven years old. Anna Ivanovna is a nice woman.
Pavel has two brothers and one sister. His brothers go to school, but his sister does not. She is too young.
54
They have a black cat, its name is Murka. The little girl likes to play with the cat.
The children help their mother and father about the house.
The Petrovs have a new car and on Sundays they go to town and have a nice day.
i.	Where does Pavel live?
2.	He goes to school, doesn’t he?
3.	The boy is not a bad student, is he?
4.	What is Petrov’s family like?
5.	What are Pavel’s parents?
6.	What does the little girl like to play with?
7.	What do the Petrovs do on Sundays?
41.	Прочитайте сведения о семье, расспросите соседа об этой семье. Опишите ее, дополнив предположительными деталями.
Here аге the members of the family:
Father, 52, a worker at a factory; hair, grey; eyes, brown.
His wife, 45, a housewife; hair, fair; eyes, blue.
Their son, 22, a student at an institute; hair, dark; eyes, brown.
42.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	Is your family large?
2.	How many sisters and brothers have you?
3.	What street do you live in?
4.	Is it far from your school?
5.	Where does your father work?
6.	What is your mother?
7.	How do your parents get to work?
8.	You have a grandmother and a grandfather, haven’t you?
9.	How many aunts and uncles have you?
10.	When is your birthday?
55
43.	Опишите свою семью.
▲ 44. а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте описание английской
семьи.
f
An English Kmily
Let me introduce the Whites, an English family.
Mr. White works in an office in London and lives in a small house not far from London. Mrs. White, his wife, does not go to work, she looks after the family.
Mr. and Mrs. White have two children, a boy and a girl. The boy’s name is Henry, the girl’s name is Mary.
Their son Henry is thirteen years old. He goes to school and is a very good student. He likes school very much. He wants to go to a college when he leaves school. He is going to be a radio engineer.
Henry’s sister, Mary, is very young, she is only six years old. She does to school too, but she does not like to learn her lessons. She likes to play with her doll.
Mrs. White’s mother, the children’s grandmother, lives with them in their house. She is old, she is sixty-three. She loves Mary and Henry very much and is very good to them.
б)	Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте написанное:
1.	Her daughter is going to leave School. (Who ...)
2.	It is going to rain. (Is ...)
3.	My aunt lives in Voronezh. (Where ...)
4.	He has two uncles. (How many ...)
5.	We learn Russian and English at school. (What ...)
6.	His son is going to be a university student this year. (When ...)
7.	My grandmother likes to watch interesting films on TV. (What kind of ...)
8.	She wants to speak English very well. (How ...)
56
10
45.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите о них соседа, используя some, any и ответьте на его (ее) аналогичные вопросы.
I.
46.	Расспросите соседа о его (ее) семье и родственниках.
47.	Прочитайте формулы поздравлений с днем рождения. Используйте их в ситуациях.
48.	Прочитайте диалог в лицах и разыграйте аналогичную сценку с соседом по парте.
«Hello, Pete! How are you?»
«Hello, Alec! I’m fine, thank you. How are you?» «I’m fine too, thank you. How is your family?»
«They’re very well, thank you.»
«Today is my brother’s birthday.»
«How old is he now?»
«He’s twelve. Come and have dinner with us.»
«Thank you very much.»
«Good-bye, then.»
«See you soon.»
57
49.	а) Прочитайте диалог и скажите, кем собирается стать мальчик. What Аге You Going to Be?
Sasha is going to leave school this year. He meets his father’s friend Ivan Alexeyevidi. They talk about professions. Sasha: Good afternoon, Ivaq Alexeyevich!
Ivan Alexeyevich: Hello, Sasha! How’s your father?
S.: Very well, thank you, Ivan Alexeyevich. And how are you?
I	. A.: All right, thanks. You are leaving school this year, aren’t you? What are you going to be?
S	.: There are so1 many interesting professions: doctor, teacher, engineer.
/. A.: Many boys want to be cosmonauts...2
S.: Yes, there are many good professions. But I want to work at a factory first. Then I can go to an institute or a university.
/. A.: Well, you must think about it. Good-bye!
S..‘ Good-bye, Ivan Alexeyevich!
12
so — так; cosmonaut [ kozmanort] — космонавт
б	) Напишите 8 вопросов о семье, обращенных к другу по переписке.
50.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите о них соседа, используя some, any и ответьте на его (ее) аналогичные вопросы.
mention profession pensioner machine
58
3.
51.	Прочитайте текст и опишите этот день рождения. ч
Му. Birthday
Today is the 27th of November. It is my birthday. Today I am ten. It is Sunday and I do not go to school.
The weather is fine. I get up at eight o’clock, wash and dress. Then Mummy and Daddy come into my room and say: «Happy birthday, happy birthday! Here is a little birthday present for you.» They give me a nice book with many pictures. I like to read books with pictures.
My little sister comes to me too and gives me her present. It is a picture of a cat. I say «Thank you very much» to my mother, father and sister.
Today we are going to have a birthday party. At twelve o’clock my friends come to my place. They wish me a happy birthday and give me their presents: books, toys and pictures. I thank them all.
!	ready weather pleasure live give present
59
My mother comes and asks us to come to the living-room. There we see a big birthday cake on the table. We eat the cake, drink tea and speak about our school and our friends. Then we play, sing and dance. After the party we all go to the cinema and see an interesting film.
I am happy to have a nice day with my friends.
52.	Расспросите соседа о его (ее) дне рождения. Поинтересуйтесь, когда у него (нее) день рождения, кто и как его (ее) поздравляет, как он (она) проводит этот день.
53.	Познакомьтесь с ситуациями и разыграйте их.
1.	You ring your friend. Her (his) small sister answers. You ask who is at home. She says the family are out. She asks what she must tell her sister (brother).
2.	You go to the birthday party of your new friend and ask him (her) about his (her) family.
▲ 54. а) Подготовьте описание дня своего рождения, г
б)	Напишите 8 вопросов своему другу о дне его (ее) рождения^ ч
article п because с/ birthday п cinema п dance v difficult а driver п far adv film n fine a
football n happy a hope v hospital n institute n interesting a know v laugh v leave v love v
machine n only adv milkmaid n party n playground n present n profession n ready a ring v sing v
smile v sorry a suppose v talk v think v tractor n university n want v why adv wish v
60
55.	Прочитайте текст и изложите содержание прочитанного.
The Cat and the Mice1
The cat lives in a small house. In the kitchen of the cat’s house live little mice. The cat is very big and every day she eats one or two mice. But on her birthday the cat does not eat mice. Every year all the mice in her house come to the cat’s birthday party. Of course, the cat isjvery glad to see the mice. They give her birthday presents: cakes, bottles of milk and interesting toys. The toys are made of paper and cotton. The cat likes the cakes and milk. She likes the toys too.
This year the mice come to the cat’s birthday party and say, «Here is a blue ribbon2 with a small bell3 for you.»
The ribbon is very nice, it is made of silk. The cat takes the ribbon, puts it on and says, «Thank you. I like the ribbon with the bell very much. I am going to wear it all the time.» The mice are very happy. Now they know the cat comes. When the mice, hear4 the bell, they run away.
1	mice — мыши; 2 ribbon — лента; 3 bell — колокольчик;
4	hear [Ыэ] — слышать
56.	Проверьте себя. Вы должны уметь:
описывать человека, внешность и одежду различных лиц, семью и членов семьи, их род занятий и профессию, выбор профессии;
расспрашивать о человеке, о внешности и одежде различных лиц, о семье и членах семьи, о роде их занятий и профессии, о выборе профессии;
61
используя различные варианты, соглашаться и возражать, приветствовать и отвечать на приветствия, знакомиться и знакомить других, благодарить и отвечать на благодарность, высказывать свое личное мнение, поздравлять с днем рождения;
выражать намерения выполнять действия в ближайшем будущем;
высказывать интерес, желание выполнять действия самому и побуждать других к действию;
отрицать подобные намерения, желание, побуждение; спрашивать о таких намерениях, желании, побуждении;
выражать предложения о совместных действиях; понимать все это в речи собеседников, а также понимать краткие тексты в исполнении учителя;
читать усвоенные устно слова, в том числе слова, содержащие буквосочетания ild, ind, igh, короткие тексты и диалоги, построенные на усвоенном устно языковом материале.
Раздел II
Unit 3
1.	Прочитайте слова. Обратите внимание на чтение буквосочетаний. Затем попытайтесь правильно прочитать слова, помещенные в рамках, опираясь на таблицу.
air аге
air (аге)
chair
ai (ay)
rain
car
hair	may	arm
fair	play	farm
parents	say	park
fair — far parents — party hair — arm chair — car
ear eer ere
ее
teacher
tree
near	read	feet
year	clean	week
here	tea	sleep
there where their wear learn are aren’t
63
ear — eat year — speak near — clean fear — feet engineer — meet
efcr	hear	clear	cheer
eer	clear	tear	fear
2.	Прочитайте фразы, обратите внимание на употребление в них some, any, по (См. ГС VII)
There is some milk in the bottle.' There isn’t any milk in the glass. There is no milk in the glass.
Is there any milk in the bottle?
Yes, there is (some).	x
Is there any milk in the glass? No, there isn’t (any).
What is there in the bottle? There is some milk there.
There are some books on the shelf.
There are not any books on the desk.
There are no books on it.
Are there any books on the shelf? Yes, there are (some).
Are there any books on the desk? No, there aren’t (any).
What is there on the shelf?
There are some books on it.
3.	Прочитайте фразы, соблюдая ритм.
There is an arm-chair in the room.
There is an arm-chair in the corner of the room.
There is an arm-chair in the right-hand corner of the room.
There is an arm-chair in the right-hand corner of the living-room.
There is an arm-chair in the right-hand corner of the living-room near the TV set.
There is a new arm-chair in the right-hand corner of the living-room near the TV set.
There is a picture on the wall.
There is a fine picture on the wall on the left.
There is a table near the sofa.
There is a round table near the sofa on your right.
There are chairs in front of the TV set.
There are three arm-chairs in front of the TV set in the right-hand corner of the room.
There are shelves on the wall.
There are many shelves with Russian and English books on the left-hand wall of the room.
▲ 4. а) Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них, обратив внимание *на употребление some, any и по.
1.	Is there any paper on your desk? 2. Are there any English books on your shelves? 3. Are there any flowers in the garden near your house? 4. Is there any water on the table in the kitchen? 5. Are there no chairs in your room? 6. Is there no tea in the cups on the table?
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя, где нужно, some или any, и прочитайте написанное:
1.	There аге ... newspapers on the table near the TV set. 2. There isn’t ... bread on the table. 3. She has ... toys in the corner of the room. 4. Is there ... chalk, children? 5. Are there ... pictures in this book? 6. There are ... arm-chairs round the table.
5.	Прочитайте слова и обратите внимание на чтение буквосочетания qu. Затем попытайтесь правильно прочитать слова, помещенные в рамке.
3 Зак. 153
65
square qu question
quarter
quarter — what square — where question — when
quick
quite
quote
6.	Прочитайте разделительные вопросы с оборотом there is (there are) и обратите внимание на их образование. (См. ГС II)
There is a round table in the middle of the room, isn’t there?
Yes, there is.
There is no TV set in the bedroom, is there? No, there isn’t.
There are ten apple-trees in the garden, aren’t there? No, there aren’t.	\
There are no arm-chairs in the living-room, are there? Yes, there are.
7.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	Is there any chalk at the blackboard?
2.	There are some pictures in the classroom, aren’t there?
3.	Are there any girls at the desks in front of you?
4.	There is no paper in your bag, is there?
5.	Are there any maps on the walls of the room?
6.	Are there any books on your desk?
66
8.	Посмотрите на рисунок, расспросите соседа, что находится на	|
столе и ответьте на его (ее) во-	К ...
просы.	|»
▲ 9. а) Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте	/KS?
на них.	/||
4 S9 /II
1. There is a square table in К the middle of your living-room, isn’t there? 2. There is no sofa in your room, is there?
3. There are two windows in
your room, aren’t there? 4. There is a desk in your living-room, isn’t there? 5. There is a telephone in your flat, isn’t there? 6. There is no garden in front of your house, is there?
б)	Прочитайте фразы, письменно опровергните утверждения и прочитайте написанное:
1.	There is some paper in the desk.
2.	There are some children on the playground.
3.	There is some coffee in the cup.
в)	Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, начиная их с Is или Аге. Прочитайте написанное:
1.	There are some toys in the children’s room. 2. There are some boys in the yard. 3. There is some bread on the plate.
§ 3
10. Посмотрите на рисунки, прослушайте и прочитайте фразы. Обратите внимание на различие в значении между little и a little. (См. ГС VIII I)
з*
67
There is a lot of water in this bottle.
There is not much water in that bottle, there is only a little.
There is little water in the glass.
Is there much water in this bottle?
Yes, there is.
Is there much water in that bottle or not much?
There is not much water, there is only a little.
How much water is there in the glass?
There is little water in it. '
II. Посмотрите на рисунок, прочитайте вопросы
правильный ответ.
и выберите
How much butter is there on the plate?
How much milk is there in the bottle?
1.	There	is	much.
2.	There	is	only a	little.
3.	There	is	little.
12. Посмотрите на рисунки и спросите соседа сколько кофе в каждой чашке. Исправьте его (ее), если допущена ошибка.
13.	Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на значение и употребление в них выделенных слов.
ground: There is a lot of snow on the ground. The children are playing on the playground. They live on the ground floor of a big block of flats.
68
light:	The corridor is long and light. She is wearing a light blue scarf. Turn off the light, please.
right:	That’s all right! That is the right answer. She is carrying a nice handbag in her right hand. The door is on the right-hand side of the corridor. The lift is on your right. The refrigerator is to the right of the cupboard.
round:	There is a round table in the centre of the living-room. There are four chairs round the table.
other, another:	One of the two boys is my friend, the other is his brother. The school is on the other side of the street. I don’t like this book, can you give me another?
14.	а) Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на употребление в них a lot of, much, little, a little.
There is little water in the glass. There is a lot of bread on the plate. Is there much paper in the box? No, there is not much. There is a little paper in it. How much chalk have you? We have little chalk. There is a lot of snow on the ground and on the trees.
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя little и a little, и объясните написанное.
1.	You have ... tea in your cup. 2. Is there ... water in the bottle? — Yes, there is some. 3. There is ... chalk on the blackboard. Bring some chalk, please. 4. There is ... butter on the plate. Take it. 5. Give me ... milk, please. 6. How much coffee is there in your cup? — There is ... . I like coffee very much.
only floor other another new few people
69
15.	Посмотрите на рисунки и прочитайте фразы. Обратите внимание на различие в значении между few и a few. (См. ГС VIII 2)
There are a lot of books in the bookcase.
There aren’t many books on the shelf, there are only a few. There are few books on the desk. Are there many books in the bookcase?
Yes, there are (a lot).
Are there many books on the
shelf or not many?
There aren’t many books on it, there are only a few.
How many books are there on the desk?
There are few books there.
16.	Посмотрите на рисунки, прочитайте вопросы и выберите правильные ответы.
How many letters are there in the box? How many hats and caps are there on the shelf?
1.	There are many.
2.	There are only a few.
3.	There are few.
17.	Посмотрите на рисунки и спросите соседа, сколько писем находится на столе, на письменном столе и в коробке. Исправьте его (ее), если допущена ошибка.
70
18.	Прочитайте варианты извинения и ответные реплики. Используйте их в
ситуациях.
Everyday Sentences
I’m sorry.
Sorry.
Excuse те.
It’s quite all right.
Oh, that’s all right. Not at all.
19.	Прочитайте текст и расспросите соседа о содержании прочитанного.
The Stogovs’ Flat
Lena Stogova and her family live in town. They have a flat in a new block of flats in Gagarin Street. Their house is in the centre of the town. There are many flats in the block, a lot of people live in it. The Stogovs’ flat is Number Ten. It is not on the ground floor, it is on the second floor.
The Stogovs’ flat has four rooms,| a kitchen and a bathroom. There is a small hall. There they take off their coats and hats and hang them on the hall-stand. The kitchen and the bathroom are on one side of the corridor, the living-room, two bedrooms and the children’s room are on the other side.
The living-room is large, the other three rooms are not very large. The living-room has a balcony. The other rooms have no balcony. The rooms are not very high, but they are light, the windows are large.
I	live children floor four new few
71
The Stogovs’ flat has gas and hot and cold water. There is no lift in the Stogovs’ block of flats.
At the back of the block of flats there is a yard with trees in it. There are benches under the trees and a playground for the children.
▲ 20. а) Подготовьте описание своей квартиры (своего дома).
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя few, a few, и объясните написанное.
1. There are very ... trees in the garden. 2. There are ... benches in the park, we can sit there. 3. Bring three chairs, please. There are ... chairs in the room. 4. There are ... mistakes in your work. You get a four. 5. He does not like the book. There are ... pictures in it. 6. She has ... flowers in her hand.
§ 5
21. Прочитайте текст. Посмотрите на рисунок и побеседуйте с соседом об изображенной на нем комнате.
The Stogovs in Their Living-Room
Look at this picture. It shows the Stogov family in their living-room in the evening.
Lena is sitting at the desk in front of the window. We cannot see her face, we can only see her back. Lena is reading an interesting book. There is a bookcase on the left of her desk, in the corner of the room. The balcony door is on the right of the desk.
The TV set is on a low table near the wall on the right-hand side of the room. Lena’s father and brother are sitting in arm-chairs in front of the TV set. They are watching TV. The grandmother is watching TV too. She is sitting on the sofa. The sofa is in the corner near the balcony door.
Vera Ivanovna, Lena’s mother, is sitting on a chair at the table in the centre of the room. She is
72
writing a letter. There are some chairs round the table. Nadyusha is not in the living-room. She is in bed.
There is a piano standing near the wall on the left-hand side of the room, opposite the TV set. Lena plays the piano every day, but she is not playing it now.
A picture hangs on the wall over the piano, and there is another one on the opposite wall, over the TV set.
There is a sideboard on the left of the door, opposite the window, but we cannot see it in the picture.
22. Посмотрите на рисунок и опишите жилую комнату.
73
23.	Опишите свою квартиру (свой дом).
▲ 24. а) Подготовьте описание своей жилой комнаты.
б) Прочитайте вопросы к картинкам и напишите на них
ответы.
1.	Is there any tea in the cup?
2.	Is there any milk in the tea?
3.	What is there in the cup?
4.	How much tea is there in the cup?
1.
2.
3.
4.
Are there any cakes on the plate?
What is there on How many pieces on the plate?
How many cakes
the plate?
of bread are there
are there on the plate?
§ 6
25.	Прочитайте и сопоставьте фразы левой и правой колонок. Обратите внимание на употребление местоимения с неисчисляемыми и исчисляемыми существительными. (См. ГС V)
There is much milk in the bottle, take it.
There is little tea in the glass; I like tea.
There is a little butter on the plate.
There are many flowers in the flower-garden.
There are few lamps in the corridor, it is dark.
There are a few books on the shelf.
much	many
little	few
a little	a few
other another front brother mother door floor
74
26.	Посмотрите на рисунки, прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	There is no water in the glass, is there?
2.	Is there a little water in the glass?
3.	How much water is there in the glass?
4.	Is there much water in the bottle
or only a little?
1.	There are no children in the room, are there?
2.	How many children are there in the room?
3.	Are there many toys in the room or only a few?
4.	How many balls are there in the room?
27.	Посмотрите на рисунки и расспросите о них соседа. От-
ветьте на его (ее) вопросы по рисункам.
75
28.	Прочитайте текст в лицах. Представьте себе, что ваша семья получила квартиру в новом доме. Опираясь на этот текст, побеседуйте с соседом о вашей новой квартире.
Lena Is Telling Her Friend Tamara About Her Flat
Lena: You know, Tamara, we have a fine new flat. Tamara: What street is it in?
Lena: Our address is Flat 10, 16 Gagarin Street. Our flat is on the second floor.
Tamara: Tell me about it, please.
Lena: Well, first there is a small hall with a hall-stand. Then the living-room. There we have the piano and the TV set, a sofa, arm-chairs and a new table. In my parents’ bedroom there are two beds, a table and a wardrobe. Then the children’s room and my grandmother’s room.
Tamara: What is your kitchen like?
Lena: The kitchen is small, but it has a large cupboard. There is hot and cold water and gas. We are going to have a new refrigerator.
Tamara: Have you a lift?
Lena: No.
Tamara: Lena, may I come and see your flat?
Lena: Of course you may! Let me see... Come arid see us on Sunday, and I can show you the flat.
few new door floor friend piece sugar
76
Tamara: That’s fine. I must go and do my homework now. Good-bye.
Lena: Bye, Tamara.
▲ 29. а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте описание этого сельского дома.
Му Friend’s House
Му friend Kolya Fyodorov is a village boy. He lives in the village of Pronino, not far from the town of Voronezh.
Kolya and his family live in a house in the centre of the village. Their house is new. It is not small, it has a ground floor and a first floor. The house has water and gas.
There are two rooms, a hall and a kitchen on the ground floor. On the first floor there are three bedrooms and a bathroom. The rooms are large and light. One of the rooms on the first floor is the children’s room. .Kolya lives there with his little brother.
In the yard there is a shed.1 The Fyodorovs have a cow and a pig, and some hens2 and ducks3 too. They are all in the shed.
At the back of the house there is a kitchen-garden and a garden with apple-trees in it. There is a well4 too. There are a lot of flowers in front of the house.
Kolya’s parents are farmers. His father is a tractor driver and his mother is a milkmaid. They work very much. The family have a Zhiguli car.
Kolya is a schoolboy, he is in the eighth form. Kolya helps his parents about the house and waters the flowers and the trees. He loves his little brother and likes to look after him. In summer he helps farmers in the field.
Kolya and I are good friends. I like to write letters to Kolya and get letters from him.
1 shed — сарай; 2 hen — курица; 3 duck — утка; 4 well — колодец
77
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя much или many, и прочитайте написанное.
1. Is there ... snow in the streets? 2. There aren’t ... people standing at the bus stop. 3. Have you ... friends in your class? 4. Has she ... homework for today?
в) Перепишите предложения, вставляя little или few, и прочитайте написанное.
1. There is а ... butter in the refrigerator. 2. There are ... lamps in the room. 3. The house has ... balconies. 4. There are a ... apples on the plate in the cupboard.
§ 7
30. Посмотрите на рисунок, прочитайте вопросы и ответьте
на
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
них.
Is there any bread on the plate?
Is there any tea in the cup?
Is there much butter on the plate? Are there any glasses on the table? Are there many forks and spoons oh the table?
Are there any bottles on the table?
31. Посмотрите на рисунок, прочитайте вопросы и дайте на них полные ответы.
78
1.	This is a bus stop, isn’t it?
2.	Are there any buses coming to the stop?
3.	What is there coming to the stop?
4.	Are there any buses standing at the stop?
5.	There are some people standing at the bus stop, aren’t there?
6.	How many people are there at the bus stop?
32.	Прочитайте варианты обращения к другому человеку и ответные реплики. Используйте их в ситуациях.
Everyday Sentences
Excuse me...
I say...
Just a minute...
Yes?
What can I do for you? I’m sorry, I don’t know.
33.	Посмотрите на рисунки и расспросите соседа о рисунке 1. Ответьте на его (ее) вопросы по рисунку 2.
1.
2.
79
▲ 34. а) Прочитайте диалог и подготовьте изложение того, что сообщил Дмитрий Александрович в разговоре.
Meeting a Friend
Dmitry Alexandrovich, V. N. Stogov’s friend, has a new house. One day he meets Vera Ivanovna in the centre of the town.
Vera Ivanovna: Oh, good afternoon, Dmitry Alexandrovich! I don’t see you in town now. Where are you all the time?
Dmitry Alexandrovich: Well, Vera Ivanovna, we don’t live in town now.
V.	I.: You don’t live in town? Where do you live then?
D. A.: We have a house near the town.
V.	I.: Is it a nice one?
D. A.: Very nice! We all like it very much
V.	I.: Is it large?
D. A.: It’s neither very large nor very small. It has a living-room, a dining-room, a bedroom, a children’s room, and, of course, a kitchen and a bathroom. We have gas and hot and cold water.
V.	I.: Have you a garden?
D. A.: Yes, two. A flower-garden in front and a kitchen-garden with trees in it at the back of the house.
V.	I.: I must come and see it some day.
D. A.: Yes, my wife and I are always very glad to see you.
V.	I.: What is your address?
D. A.: It is 27, Lesnaya Street. Take a Number 25 bus and it’s the third stop after the factory. Our street is the second on the left after the stop.
V. I.: Thank you. Good-bye!
D. A.: Good-bye, Vera Ivanovna!
б) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте написанное.
80
1.	There are three rooms in their flat. (How ...)
2.	There is a lot of coffee in the box. (How ...)
3.	There is gas in his flat. (Is ...)
4.	There is a lot of bread on the plate. (How ...)
5.	We have five lessons today. (How ...)
6.	There are a lot of plates, spoons and forks in the cupboard. (Are there ...)
§ 8
35.	Прочитайте и сопоставьте фразы левой и правой колонок. Обратите внимание на употребление неопределенного артикля с исчисляемыми существительными и его отсутствие перед неисчисляемыми существительными. (См. ГС VI 2)
There is a bottle on the shelf.
He wants an apple.
She has a nice new hat on.
There is milk in the bottle.
He likes coffee for breakfast.
 The flat has hot and cold water and gas.
36.	Прочитайте фразы и объясните, почему употребляется или не употребляется неопределенный артикль с выделенными словами.
I.	The jacket is made of cotton. 2. There is a hall-stand in the hall. 3. The kitchen has a large cupboard. 4. In the evening he drinks only tea. 5. There is a lot of snow on the ground and on the trees. 6. He lives in a village not far from here.
37.	Прочитайте диалоги в лицах. Разыграйте с соседом аналогичные диалоги.
.	Short Conversations
I.	«Just a minute, please. How can I get to this address? (Shows the address.) «Flat 10, 27, Gagarin Street. Take Bus 15 at that
81
street corner and it is the fourth stop.»
«Thank you very much.»
«It’s a pleasure.»
2.	«Come and see me some day.»
«But 1 don’t know where you live.»
«Oh, sorry! I live in Flat 25, on the fifth floor, at
72,	Gogol Street.»
«Have you a telephone?»
«Yes. My telephone number is 185-09-34.»
38.	Посмотрите на рисунок и опишите усадьбу.
39.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них; опираясь на эти вопросы как план, опишите свой дом.
1.	Is your house in the centre of the town?
2.	What is your address?
3.	Do you live in a flat?
4.	What kind of rooms have you?
5.	Have you a flower-garden in front of your house and a kitchen-garden?
6.	How many balconies have you?
7.	You have a lift, haven’t you?
8.	Is your living-room light?
9.	What is there in your living-room?
10.	What is there in your bedroom?
11.	Have you gas and hot and cold water in your house?
12.	What is your kitchen like?
82
▲ 40. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы узнали из него.
Mr. White’s House
Mr. John White lives at 16, Forest1 Road, Greentown, England.2
His house is not very large, but it is not small either. It has a ground floor and a first floor.
The hall, the living-room, the dining-room3 and the kitchen are on the ground floor. On the first floor there are bedrooms and a bathroom.
In front of the house there is a small garden with flowers in it. At the back of the Whites’ house there is a kitchen-garden with trees in it, the children play there in fine weather. The garden at the back of the house isJarge, the one at the front is small.
1 forest — лес; 2 England — Англия; 3 dining-room — столовая
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя неопределенный артикль а (ап), где нужно, и прочитайте написанное.
1. Таке ... cup of ... coffee, please. 2. The raincoat is made of ... nylon. 3. I am reading ... interesting book •about cosmonauts. 4. There is ... hot and cold water, and ... gas in this new block of flats. 5. There is ... bathroom opposite the hall. 6. He has ... bread ?nd ... butter, and ... glass of ... tea for breakfast.
83
§ 9
41.	Прочитайте в лицах разговор в справочном бюро. Представьте себе, что вам нужно узнать адрес вашего знакомого. Разыграйте с соседом аналогичную сцену.
«Good morning.»
«Cood morning. What can I do for you?»
«Can you tell me my Russian friend’s address? He has a new flat and I don’t know his address.» «What is his name?»
«Sokolov.»
«And his first name?»
«Yuri Fyodorovich.»
«How old is he?»
«Thirty-two.»
«Where does he work?»
«At a factory.»
«Yes, here it is. Your friend’s address is Flat 41, 37, Gagarin Street.»
«Thank you.»
«That’s all right.»
42.	Прочитайте ситуации и разыграйте их.
1.	You meet a friend. Не (she) says he (she) has a new flat (house).
a) Ask him (her) to describe his (her) flat (house), b) Ask him (her) what he (she) has in his (her) room or in one of the rooms.
2.	You have a new room. Say what things you want to have in it and how you want to put your things in it.
43.	Прочитайте и выучите стихотворение.
Rain, Rain
Rain, rain, Go away,1 Come again2
Another day; Mary and I Like to play.
84
Rain, rain, Go away Come an Mother’s
Washing-day, Mary and I Want to play.
1 away Ja'wei] — прочь; 2 again [a'gein] — опять
44.	Прочитайте загадки и отгадайте их.
I.	We аге four brothers living under one roof.1 Do you know us?
2.	No stairs2 to climb3 the difficult way.4 Up and down it goes all the long day.
3.	I am not an artist5 with pencil and pen. But I make portraits of women and men. Of all the people that I ever see.
Come tell me truly6 what can I be?
1 roof — крыша; 2 stairs — лестница; 3 climb [klaim] — взбираться; 4 way — путь; 5 artist — художник; 6 truly ['tru:l i] — правдиво
A 45. а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте 8 вопросов к соседу, чтобы узнать как он (она) понял(а) прочитанный текст.
The Whites’ Living-Room
The Whites’ living-room is not a small one, it is rather* large.
Let us look at the picture. We see a large carpet2 on the floor, a small round table in the middle of the
85
room and a piano near the wall opposite the door. There is a picture hanging on the wall over the piano.
We can see a bookcase with a lot of books in it near the wall on the left and a sofa near the wall on the right.
Between the piano and the bookcase there is a window with curtains3 on it. On the left of the bookcase there is a TV set and near the TV set there is a fire-place.4
Mr. White is sitting in an arm-chair in front of the fire-place,' reading a newspaper. Mrs. White is sitting in an arm-chair in front of the TV set watching TV. Henry is watching TV too^but he is not sitting on a chair, he is sitting on the carpet
Mary and Grandmother are sitting on the sofa on the right. Mary is playing with her doll,5 and Grandmother is watching her. Grandmother likes to sit with Mary when she is playing.
1 rather — довольно; 2 carpet — ковер; 3 curtain — занавеска, штора; 4 fire-place — камин; 5 doll — кукла
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя, где нужно, неопределенный артикль а (ап), и прочитайте написанное.
1. There is ... jacket made of ... nylon hanging on the hall-stand. 2. Do you want to drink ... cup of ... tea? 3. Do you like ... rain? 4. Has your flat ... balcony?
5. They have ... cow and ... big pig. 6. You can see a lot of ... paper in the boxes on the desk.
address n	corridor n	hang v	opposite a
another pron	cupboard n	high a	other pron
any pron, a	few pron	lift n	people n
balcony n	floor n	ligth a	piano n
bathroom n	gas n	look after v	refrigerator n
block n	ground n	lot n	side n
bottle n	hall n	low a	some pron, a
centre n	hall-stand n	no pron, a	stop n
		only adv	water v
86
Unit 4
1.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя, фразы левой и правой колонок. Сформулируйте правила образования формы Present Perfect и объясните ее значение. (См ГС IX I)
Misha, open the window. Clean the blackboard.
Count Wash Point Copy Stop.
the exercise-books, your hands.
to your hat. the text.
Mum, I have opened the window. I have cleaned the blackboard. You have counted the exercise-books. She has washed her hands.
You have pointed to your hat. We have copied the text.
They have stopped.
He
Open
has
the window
the window
2.	Прочитайте и сопоставьте глагольные формы в таблицах 1 и 2. Сформулируйте правила образования III формы правильных глаголов и их написания и произнесения. (См. ГС IX 2). Прочитайте глагольные формы по колонкам и объясните написание и произнесение III формы.
help	like	play	copy	stop
helped	liked	played	copied	stopped
87
cleaned [d]	stopped [t]	counted [id]
played	looked	wanted
turned	washed	rounded
ask — asked dress — dressed point — pointed live — lived
clean — cleaned rain — rained watch — watched count — counted
want — wanted snow — snowed touch — touched help — helped
3.	Прочитайте фразы и укажите на результаты выполненных действий.
1.	Не has asked me some questions.
2.	I have already answered all his questions.
3.	You have helped them a lot.
4.	The girl has just washed the plates and cups.
5.	They have turned to the right.
6.	We have already dressed for the party.
4.	Посмотрите на серии рисунков и скажите, что девочка и мальчик собираются делать (1), что делают (2) и что сделали (3).
88
▲ 5. Прочитайте фразы и объясните употребление форм Present Perfect.
1.	The girl has thanked her mother. 2. The students on duty have just cleaned the blackboard. 3. He has counted all the schoolchildren sitting at their desks. 4. They have switched on the radio. 5. I have touched the bottle of water, it is cold. 6. She has already asked me about the homework.
б)'Напишите III форму глаголов и прочитайте написанное: carry, stop, live, rain, work, thank, count, want
6.	Прочитайте слова, обратите внимание на чтение буквосочетаний. Затем попытайтесь правильно прочитать слова, помещенные в рамках, опираясь на ключевые слова.
ge, gi (у)
page girl	large
get	given begin
ge gi (У)	gentle general gym German gentleman
Ph
telephone
photo phase physical physics
!	ready already breakfast early soup fruit
89
telephone alphabet give
' given page	get
begin large
7.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок. Обратите внимание на III форму неправильных глаголов в Present Perfect. (См. ГС IX 3).
Misha, do your English exercises!
Do the sums.
Sit down.
Take the duster.
Drink the milk.
Bring some chalk.
Shut -the door.
Dad, I have done my English exercises.
We have done the sums.
They have sat down. He has taken the duster. She has drunk the milk.
I have brought some chaHc You have shut the door.
8.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок, и объясните образование отрицательной формы глаголов в Present Perfect. (См. ГС IX 4)
I have been to Moscow. I have not been to Minsk. He has seen the film. She has not seen the film. We have done Exercise 17. We have not done Exercise 27. They have had breakfast. He has not had breakfast. She has put on her jacket. She has not put on her scarj. You have got a good They have not got gobd mark.	marks.
I
girt give given begin get
90
He has
opened
the window
He has
not opened
the door
9.	Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на утвердительную и отрицательную формы глаголов в Present Perfect.
Mother has prepared breakfast.
I have not finished my homework yet.
She has not brought the book.
The children have already watered flowers in the classroom.
We have dusted the sofa and swept the floor.
The girl has not laid the table yet.
The lesson has already begun.
She has passed the salt.
▲ 10. а) Прочитайте фразы, выделите в них смысловой глагол и укажите его I форму.
1. You have not helped your small brother. 2. She has done the exercises. 3. I have written a letter to my friend. 4. He has shown his exercise-book to his mother. 5. They have stopped at the bus stop. 6. We have not seen him for three days. 7. You have not shut the door, it is cold. 8. He has a nice present for her birthday.
б) Опровергните утверждения и прочитайте написанное.
1.	The children have worked well. 2. She has been to Minsk. 3. The rain has stopped. 4. He has eaten the cake.
bring — brought — brought sweep — swept — swept lay — laid — laid begin — began — begun
91
11.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок. Обратите внимание на написание сокращенных форм.
I have just washed my hands and face.
He has told me about the homework.
We have not had dinner yet.
You have not taken your text-book.
They have not gone to school yet.
She has not slept all night.
I’ve just washed my hands and face.
He’s told me about the homework.
We haven’t had dinner yet.
You haven’t taken your text-book.
They haven’t gone to school yet.
She hasn’t slept all night.
12.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответы и сформулируйте правила образования вопросительной формы. (См. ГС IX 5)
Have you opened the door? No, I haven’t.
What have you opened? I have opened the window.
You have opened the door, haven’t you? No, I haven’t. What has the boy done? He has opened the window. Has he opened the door or the window? He has opened the window.
He hasn’t opened the window, has he? Yes, he has.
92
He
has
opened
Has
opened
What has
13.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа о выполненных действиях и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.
14.	Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на значение и употребление в них выделенных слов.
already Не has already come from work. I have [o:l'redi]: already been there.
yet:	He has not come home yet. They are not here
yet. Has your brother come from school yet? Have you finished-your homework yet?
turn:	He is going to turn to the right. Please
turn the page over. Turn the light on. He has turned the radio off.
93
walk [wo:k], come [клт], go:	They like to walk in the park. Let us go for a walk. Come here. Come and see me on Sunday. Go and get your hat. He has gone to see his friend.
bring, carry, take away [o'wei]:	Bring me a glass of water. Bring your sister to us on Sunday. In bad weather the old man carries an umbrella. Please take the plates away.
▲ 15. а) Прочитайте вопросы и ответы и обратите внимание на образование вопросительных форм.
Has he given you the newspaper? Yes, he has.
What has she drawn? She has drawn a nice black cat. Where have you been? We have been to the cinema. Who have they seen in the park? They have seen my uncle and my aunt there.
How many books have you read? I have read three books. Whose scarf have you put on? I have put my scarf on. They have eaten bread and butter, haven’t they? No, they haven’t.
Who has come in? My friend has.
б) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	They have lived in Sochi since 1979. (Where ...)
2.	She has drunk some milk. (Has ...)
3.	Alec has come to see me. (Who ...)
4.	We have read an interesting article. (What ...)
5.	You have helped me very mich. (What ...)
6.	He has given Vera a letter. (Who ...)
put — put — put	go — went — gone
eat — ate — eaten	come — came — come
drink — drank — drunk take — took — taken
94
16. Прочитайте фразы. Обратите внимание на формы возврат-
ных местоимений в единственном и множественном числе. (См. ГС X)				
I have dried myself.	I -	myself
Не has dried himself too.	You —	yourself
My sister has washed herself.	He-	himself
Tanya, you have gashed	She —	herself
yourself, haven’t you?	We-	ourselves
Mum, we have dressed ourselves.	You —	yourselves
They have dressed themselves.	They —	themselves
17. Прочитайте фразы и укажите, которое из действий в каж: дой фразе предшествует другому.
When I have got up, I wash myself.
When I have washed myself. I dress myself.
After I have dressed myself, I have breakfast.
After I have had breakfast, I go to school.
What go you do when you have put your things in your school-bag?
When I have put my things in my school-bag, I say good-bye to my mother.
What does he do after he has had his dinner?
After he has had his dinner, he does his homework.
18. Посмотрите на рисунки и расспросите соседа о выполненных и выполняемых действиях и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.
early breakfast ready already
95
19.	Прочитайте текст и ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
Getting Up in the Morning
At seven o’clock in the morning the alarm-clock* rings. It is time for me to get up. I don’t want to get up early, but I must.
I jump out of bed and open the window. Then I turn on the radio and do my morning exercises.
When I have done my morning exercises, I go to the bathroom and wash. I clean my teeth,2 wash my hands, face and ears with cold water and dry myself with my towel.
When I have washed myself, I brush my hair with my hairbrush.
Then I dress, I put on my shirt, trousers and jacket, my socks and my boots. Now I am ready to go to breakfast.
My sister Lena has already got'bp, washed herself, brushed her hair, put on her dress, tights and shoes. She is sitting at the table having her breakfast. I take my place at the table too and Mother gives me my breakfast. Father has already had breakfast and has gone to work. Mother must get up early to prepare breakfast for all the family.
Now Lena has finished her breakfast. She is going to put on her coat and run to school.
«It is eight o’clock, Boris,» Mother says to me. «It is time for you to go to school.»
I put my things in my school-bag and put my scarf and my coat on.
«Good-bye, Mum!» I say.
come — came — come
get — g°t — got hold - held - held
write — wrote — written read — read — read
96
«Good-bye. Don’t be late,» answers Mother, and I run out.
1 alarm-clock [o'lcumkbk] — будильник; 2 teeth [ti:0] — зубы
1.	When does Boris get up?
2.	He wants to get up, doesn’t he?
3.	What does he do when he gets out of bed?
4.	Who turns on the radio, Boris or his mother?
5.	What does he do when he has done morning exercises?
6.	Boris washes himself with warm water, doesn’t he?
7	Has Lena got up and washed herself when Boris goes to breakfast?
8.	Who gives Boris his breakfast?
9.	When must the mother get up to prepare breakfast for the family?
10.	What does Boris say to his mother when he goes out?
▲ 20. а) Опираясь на текст упражнения 19, подготовьте описание того, что делает Борис утром.
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя местоимения myself, yourself, himself, herself, ourselves, yourselves, themselves, и прочитайте написанное.
1.	She is dressing ... . 2. They have washed ... . 3. You have washed ..., haven’t you? 4. I have dried ... with a towel. 5. He is going to wash ... . 6. We have already washed ... . 7. Children, you have dressed .... haven’t you?
ring — rang — rung	take — took — taken
get — got — got	give — gave — given
do — did — done	have — had — had
go — went — gone	run — ran — run
put — put — put	say — said — said
4 Зак. 153
97
21.	Посмотрите на рисунок, прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них
I.	What сап you see in this picture?
2.	What are the people doing?
3.	Has the girl eaten her soup?
4.	What is the mother doing?
5.	Are the family going to eat cake or fruit?
6.	Is there any bread on the table?
7.	What has the mother
8.	The family have finish
brought?
?d their dinner, haven’t they?
22.	Прочитайте типичные реплики за обеденным столом. Используйте их в ситуациях.
Everyday Sentences
Have some more soup.
Have another cup of coffee.
Let me give you some more meat.
Help yourself to some more.
With pleasure.
Yes, please.
No, thank you.
1 can’t eat any more.
I have had enough.
!
bread pleasure other another some soup enough fruit
98
May 1 have a little more? Let me help you to some May I have some more cake? more.
May I have another cup of Yes, let me help you to tea?	another cup.
23.	Прочитайте текст. Расспросите соседа о том, что он (она) узнал (а) из этого текста.
Dinner
It is two o’clock. Lena and Boris have just come home from school. Their mother is preparing dinner. Nadyusha is in the children’s room.
«Сап I help you, Mum?» asks Lena.
«Yes,» her mother answers, «you can lay the table.»
So Lena lays the table. She puts a glass, a plate, a knife,1 a fork and a spoon at each place, and bread and salt in the middle of the table.
Then the mother brings soup from the kitchen, and the family take their places at the table.
Vera Ivanovna gives her children soup, and Boris passes the bread.
«I don’t want any soup,» says Nadyusha. «I don’t like soup.»
«But you must have some,» answers Vera Ivanovna. «See, I have not given you a lot.»
«The soup is very good,» says Boris. «Мау 1 have some more, Mum?»
«Yes, help yourself,» answers the mother. «Do you - want some more, Lena?»
«No, thank you, Mum,» says Lena. «Do you want me to go and get the meat and vegetables from the kitchen?»
4*
99
«Yes, go and get them, please,» answers Vera Ivanovna.
When they have finished their soup, they have meat and vegetables. The mother has fish, she does not eat meat.
After the meat and vegetables there is fruit.
When they have had their dinner, Vera Ivanovna says to Lena and Boris, «Children, I want you to help me. I must go to work. So I want you to wash the dishes and clean the kitchen.»
«Yes, Mum,» says Lena. «I can wash the dishes, but I want Boris to clean the kitchen.»
«All right,» Boris says.
1 knife [naif] — нож
24.
▲ 25.
Посмотрите на рисунок и опишите семью за завтраком. Детали добавьте по своему усмотр'ению.
а)	Подготовьте описание первой половины своего буднего
дня.
б)	Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные в скобках, в Present Perfect. Прочитайте написанное.
1. Не ... me the towel (to give). 2. You ... not ... the window (to shut). 3. I ... a lot of Russian books (to read). 4. It is raining and the children ... to stay at home (to decide). 5. ... the mother ... breakfast? (to prepared). 6. ... you ... up the towel? (to hang).
100
26.	Прочитайте вопросы, дайте на них полные развернутые ответы. Затем, опираясь на эти вопросы, опишите в последовательности свои действия утром.
What do you do after
you have got up?
you have done your morning exercises?
you have dressed yourself?
you have had your breakfast?
you have put your things into your school-bag?
you have had your lessons?
27.	Прочитайте короткие диалоги. Обыграйте с соседом аналогичные диалоги.
Short Conversations
1.	«Have some more cake?»
«With pleasure. It’s very nice.»
2.	«Have another cup of coffee?»
«Yes, please. 1 like your coffee very much.»
3.	«Have some more fish?»
«No, thank you. It’s very nice, but I can’t eat any more.»
4.	«Мау I give you some more meat?»
«Yes, with pleasure. It’s very good.»
5.	«This soup is very good. May I have a little more?» «Yes, let me help you to some more.»
6.	«Мау I have some more cake?»
«Of course. Help yourself.»
\	7. «Pass me the salt, please.»
«Yes, here you аге.»
«Thank you.»
come — came — come lay — laid — laid put — put — put
give — gave — given have — had — had eat — ate — eaten bring — brought — brought get — got — got take — took — taken go — went — gone
101
28.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа об изображенном и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы по рисунку.
29.	Опишите первую половину своего буднего дня.
▲ 30. а) Подготовьте описание первой половины своего буднего дня.
б)	Напишите по образцу, что вы выполнили следующие приказания, и прочитайте написанное.
Образец: Write the exercise! — I have written the exercise.
1. Get up! 2. Go to the bathroom! 3. Wash you hands!
4. Come to me! 5. Help your mother! 6. Drink your coffee!	\
§ 7
31. Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них. Затем, опираясь на эти вопросы, опишите в последовательности свои действия днем.
What do you do after
you have had your lessons at school?
you have come home from school?
you have had dinner?
you have done your homework?
you have helped your mother?
you have played with your friends?
102
32. Прочитайте шутки и скажите, которая из них вам понравилась больше.
A Piece of Cake Under the Pillow
«Mother,» asks Johnny after his birthday party, «may I have a piece of cake, only a small piece, please?»
«No,» answers his mother, «you have had enough.»
«Well, may I sleep with a bit1 under my pillow2?» asks the boy.
«Very well, here you are, and keep3 it under your pillow. Now, go to bed.»
When she comes to Johnny’s room some time later, she sees Johnny sleeping with the pillow over his stomach.
1 a bit — кусочек; 2 pillow — подушка; 3 keep — держать;
4 stomach ['stAtnak] — живот
Dirty1 Tom
Tom does not like to wash. One day his sister Mary sees him with a very dirty face and says to him:
«Tommy, show me your face. Oh, it’s very dirty. It’s black! Go to the bathroom and wash your face.
Tommy goes to the bathroom to wash but soon2 comes back and says:
«Магу, are my ears part3 of my face or part of my neck4?»
1 dirty — грязный; 2 soon — вскоре; 3 part — часть;
4 neck — шея
.bring — brought — brought be — was, were — been lay — laid — laid	eat — ate — eaten
sit — sat — sat	go — went — gone
come — came — come
103
33.	Прочитайте текст и ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
What the Stogovs Do in the Evening
Victor Nikolayevich comes home from work at half past five in the'evening. He washes, and then all the family have tea.
After they have had tea, Victor Nikolayevich sits down in an arm-chair and reads the evening newspaper. Vera Ivanovna and Grandmother wash the dishes. Lena and Boris do their homework. Nadyusha plays with her toys.
Four times a week Victor Nikolayevich goes to the institute. He is an evening student at the institute. When he does not go to the institute, he reads books at home.	t* ‘
Sometimes Vera Ivanovna and Victor Nikolayevich go to the cinema. Vera Ivanovna likes the cinema very much and wants to see all the films.
In summer, when the weather is fine, all the family go for a walk in the park. Nadyusha is very glad to go for a walk with her father and mother, because she does not see them very much.
Lena sometimes goes to see her friend Valya, and Boris likes to play football with his friends. <
When it rains, and in winter when it is cold or it snows, the children stay at home. Lena and Boris read interesting books, and Nadyusha sits with Grandmother and plays with toys.
Nadyusha goes to bed early. Grandmother puts her to bed and Nadyusha sleeps all night.
Then comes the time for Lena and Boris to go to bed. They do not like to go to sleep early, but when
come — came — come have — had — had sit — sat — sat read — read — read
go — went — gone do — did — done put — put — put sleep — slept — slept
104
the time comes, they wash and go tb bed. In a few minutes they are sleeping.
1.	When does Victor Nikolayevich come home from work?
2.	What does he do after the family have had tea?
3.	What do the other members of the family do?
4.	When does Victor Nikolayevich go to the institute?
5.	What does he do in the evening when he doesn’t go to the institute?
6.	When do the family go for a walk?
7.	What does Boris like to do on the playground?
8.	What do the children do when it is cold or it rains?
9.	What does Nadyusha play with?
10.	When does she go to bed?
34.	Посмотрите на рисунки, прочитайте и сопоставьте фразы левой и правой колонок. Обратите внимание на употребление неопределенного артикля с исчисляемыми существительными и его отсутствие перед такими существительными во множественном числе. (См. ГС VI 3)
Those are tractors
I
early ready already weather half because come some sometimes friend
105
There is an arm-chair in front of the TV set.
The boy has a big dog.
There are arm-chairs round the table.
The girl likes dogs and cats very much.
35.	Прочитайте фразк и объясните, почему употребляется или не употребляется неопределенный артикль с выделенными словами.
1.	I am going to see a new film. 2. He has dried himself with a towel. 3. You can see brushes on the shelf. 4. Take an umbrella, it is going to rain. 5. There are pigs and cows in the farm-yard. 6. Give me a pencil, please.
▲ 36. а) Подготовьте описание воскресного дня в своей семье.
б) Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные в скобках, в Present Perfect. Прочитайте написанное.
I. I ... a very interesting film, (to see) 2. The boy ... his eyes (to open). 3. The mother ... already ... her child and ... her to bed (to wash, to put). 4. Where ... you ... all the time (to be). 5. ... he ... to school yet? (to come) 6. What ... you ..., Mum? (to bring)
§ 8 ✓
37.	Прочитайте и выучите стихотворение.
Help Your Mother
Help your mother lay the table
With the knives1 and forks and spoons;
Help your mother lay the table Every afternoon.
Help your mother clear2 the table.
Take the knives and forks and spoons; Help your mother clear the table Morning, night and noon.3
1 knife [naif] — нож; 2 clear — очистить, убирать (co стола); 3 noon — полдень
106
38.	Прочитайте диалог и скажите, как Борис помогает маме по дому.
Helping Mum
Boris: Oh, Mum, you are going to clean the living-room, aren’t you?
Vera Ivanovna: Yes, I am, Boris. Do you want to help me?
Boris: Of course I do, Mum. You must work so much -to look after us and then you have your work at the hospital too.
Vera Ivanovna: All right. You can help me.
Boris: Do you want me to clean the kitchen?
Vera Ivanovna: Yes, and when you have cleaned the kitchen, I want you to sweep the floor in the living-room and in the hall. I am going to dust the sideboard, the piano and the chairs...
Boris: All right, Mum. I’m going to do it well. I want our flat to be nice and clean.
(Vera Ivanovna and Boris clean the flat.)
Vera Ivanovna: Have you finished?
Boris: I have finished now, Mum. Now we have a nice clean flat.
Vera Ivanovna: And you are a good boy. You have helped me very well.
39.	Расспросите соседа, как он (она) помогает своим родителям.
40.	Прочитайте ситуации и разыграйте их.
1.	You wake up in the morning and see that you are late for school. Say what you do to get to school in time.
2.	You meet your friend and ask him (her) what he (she) is going to do on Sunday.
41.	Прочитайте фразы и объясните, почему употребляется или не употребляется неопределенный артикль с выделенными словами.
1.	There is a brush on the shelf in the bathroom. 2. Mother has prepared coffee for us. 3. Do you like fish or meat for your breakfast? 4. Bring dishes and
107
put them on the table! 5. She has put on a warm coat, a scarf and a hat. 6. You can have a glass of milk.
▲ 42. а) Прочитайте тексты и скажите, что вы из них узнали.
Do You Know?
Many Englishmen eat porridge* with milk for breakfast. English people often take sugar2 in their porridge. But porridge is a Scotch3 dish, and the Scotch always put salt in it, and never sugar.
* * *
English people drink a lot of tea. Some English people have tea for breakfast, tea in the middle of the morning, tea after dinner, tea in the middle of the afternoon, tea at tea-time and tea with supper.
At work they take five or ten minutes in the middle of the morning and the afternoon to have a cup of tea.
At tea-time they have one, two, three or more cups of tea, bread and butter, or cakes.
Some English families have «high tea» or big tea, and no supper. For high tea they may have cold meat, bread and butter, cakes, and, of course, a lot of tea.
1 porridge [’porids] — овсяная каша; 2 sugar ['juga] — сахар; 3 Scotqh [skatf] — шотландский; шотландцы
б) Перепишите предложения, изменив их по образцу, и прочитайте их.
Образец: I don’t want to lay the table. — I want you to lay the table.
1.	We don’t want to bring the plates. 2. He doesn’t want to dry the dishes. 3. She doesn’t want to prepare breakfast. 4. You don’t want to bring the vegetables from the kitchen. 5. We don’t want to clean the room. 6. She doesn’t want to dust the furniture.
108
43.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	You get up early in the morning, don’t you?
2.	Do you like to get up early? Why?
3.	What do you do when you get up?
4.	What do you do after you have washed yourself?
5.	Who prepares your breakfast?
6.	What do you have for breakfast?
7.	What do you do after you have had your breakfast?
8.	What do you put into your school-bag when you go to school?
9.	What do you put on when you go out in winter?
10.	When do you come home from school?
44.	Прочитайте диалог в лицах и разыграйте с соседом подобную сценку.
You May Go to the Cinema
Mother: Lena, have you done your English exercises?
Lena: Yes, Mum, I have finished.
Mother: Come and have tea then.
Lena: Can I help to put the cups on the table?
Mother: I have put them on the table, but you can bring the bread and butter from the kitchen.
(When Lena brings the bread and butter in, they sit down and have tea.)
Lena: May I go to the cinema when we have had tea? I have not seen the new film yet.
Mother: Haven’t you seen it? Well, you may go when you have finished your homework.
Lena: But I have done all my homework.
Mother: Well, you may go then.
Lena: Thank you, Mum.
109
45.	Прочитайте ситуации и разыграйте их.
1.	You аге going to school and ask your small sister (brother) to clean the room. Say what you want her (him) to do.
2.	Your small brother (sister) does not do his (her) homework very well. He (she) is at home and you are at your friend’s. You ring your brother (sister) and ask him (her) what he (she) is doing and what he (she) has already done.
46.	Прослушайте и прочитайте поздравления с Новым Годом и ответные реплики. Используйте их в ситуациях.
I wish you a happy New Year! The same to you! Best wishes for the New^ Year! Thank you!
47.	Прочитайте слова песни и выучите их.
We Wish You a' Happy New Year
We wish you a Happy New Year;
We wish you a Happy New Year;
We wish you a Happy New Year; And a Happy New Year we wish.
▲ 48. а) Прочитайте тексты и скажите, что нового вы из них узнали.	(
Do You Know?
The English always drink tea out of cups, never1 out of glasses.
In England many people usually drink tea with sugar and milk. When you go to an English house for tea, the housewife2 asks you, «How many lumps3 (pieces) of sugar do you take in your tea?»
do — did — done come — came — come have — had — had put — put — put
bring — brought — brought sit — sat — sat go — went — gone see — saw — seen
110
The answer is: «I take one lump (or two lumps)» or sometimes: «I don’t take any sugar.»
Tea with lemon4 in it is called «Russian tea» in England.
* * *
Englishmen eat bread with their soup. With meat and vegetables they never eat any bread. Some Englishmen only eat one thin piece of bread at dinner.
1 never ['nevaj — никогда; 2 housewife [hauswaif] — хозяйка; 3 lump [1лтр] — кусок; 4 lemon j'leman] — лимон
б) Перепишите предложения, употребив нужную форму глагола из приведенных в скобках. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	I ат ... ту coat on the hall-stand. I have ... my coat on the hall-stand. I am going to ... my coat on the hall-stand, (hang, hung, hanging)
2.	... here! He is ... to me. He has ...1 (come, come, coming)
3.	The telephone is ... . The alarm-clock has ... . I must get up. She is going to ... you up in the evening, (ring, rung, ringing)
after cj	early adv	more a	stay v
already adv	enough a	pass v	sweep v
begin v	finish v	prepare v	thing n
bring v	• fish n	radio n	towel n
brush v	fruit n	ready a	vegetable n
dish n	jump v	run V	walk v
dry v	just adv	salt n	yet adv
dust v	lay v	sometimes adv	
each pron	meat n	soup n	
ill
§ 10
49. Прочитайте текст и изложите содержание прочитанного.
What Is the Matter,1 Dad?
It is six o’clock in the evening. Nelly’s father has just come home from work. Now he wants to have a bath.2 He takes his hair-brush and goes to the bathroom. But he cannot get into the bathroom. The door is shut. He hears3 Nelly talking in the bathroom.
«Nelly,» asks the father, «who are you talking to?» Nelly does not answer. She opens the door of the bathroom. The father sees his daughter and the cat there.
The girl says to thereat, «You have had a hot bath and now you must dry yourself with the towel. You see, Father has brought us at hairbrush. He is going to help me...»
The father calls4 the mother. The mother comes into the bathroom and says, «Have you already finished, Nelly? Why? That’s your father’s towel! Now stop that and let the cat'go.»
The girl puts the cat on the floor and says, «Why, Mum? Puss and I swept the floor in the hall. So we have just had a bath. What is the matter, Dadi After a bath I usually dry my cat with this towel.»
1 What is the matter? — Что случилось? 2 bath [bcuO] — ванна; 3 hear [hia] — слышать; 4 call [кэ:1] — звать
50. Проверьте себя. Вы должны уметь:
описывать квартиру, дом, усадьбу, обстановку в доме, распорядок дня и времяпровождение в будние дни и в дни отдыха, завтрак, обед и ужин;
расспрашивать о квартире, доме, усадьбе, обстановке в доме, о распорядке дня и времяпровождении в будние дни и в дни отдыха, о завтраке, обеде и ужине;
112
используя различные варианты, выражать извинения, обращаться к другим лицам, предлагать угощения за столом и обращаться за угощением, поздравлять с Новым Годом, а также высказывать ответные реплики на все это;
сообщать о совершенных действиях разных лиц, спрашивать о таких действиях и отрицать их;
высказываться о количестве предметов и людей, величине предметов и спрашивать об этом;
понимать все это в речи собеседников, а также короткие тексты в исполнении учителя;
читать усвоенные устно слова, в том числе слова, содержащие буквосочетания air, аге, ear, eer, еге, qu, ge, gi(gy), ph, читать короткие тексты и диалоги тематического характера, построенные на усвоенном устно материале.
Раздел III
Unit 5
§ ।
I. Прочитайте текст и расспросите соседа о праздновании Нового года
Happy New Year!
New Year’s Day is a happy holiday. I like it very much. It is in the middle of winter and there is a lot of snow on the ground, ^n the houses and on the trees. My friends and I like to play in the yard, we play snowballs and make a snowman. We do not go to school because we have winter holidays at that time.
On the 31st of December Mother comes home from work early. She begins to prepare everything for the New Year party, and my sister helps her.
Father brings home a green New Year Tree. We put it in the middle of the living-room and my sister Nelly and I put toys, small flags and lights^ of all colours on it. The New Year Thee looks very nice with red, green, blue and yellow lights on it.
After dinner the door opens and Father Frost1 comes in. He has a big bag with presents in it. He says, «I wish you a Happy New Year. Here are New Year presents for you» and gives presents to my little sister and me. We are happy to get presents from him.
Then we watch TV and go to bed only at ten o’clock.
On the 1st of January I get up early in the morning and run to the living-room. There under the tree 1 see presents for Nelly and me from Dad and Mum.
114
Then Father and Mother come into the room. I thank them for their presents and give them my present — a picture of our family. I say, «Happy New Year» and they answer «The same to you.»
In the afternoon my friend comes to see me. We wish each other a Happy New Year and go for a walk.
1 Father Frost [frost] — Дед Мороз
2.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	When do you have your winter holidays?
2.	You have a New Year party at home on the 31st of December, don’t you?
3.	Is there a New Year Tree in the centre of the room?
4.	Who comes to see you on that day?
5.	What do they say to you?
6.	What presents do you prepare for your mother and father?
7.	Are you happy to get presents?
8.	Why do you like New Year’s Day?
3.	Посмотрите на рисунки и расспросите соседа о том, что изображенные люди сделали, делают и собираются делать, и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы по рисунку.
115
▲ 4. а) Подготовьте описание того, как отмечается Новый год.
б)	Напишите три формы глаголов и прочитайте написанное.
to live, to finish, to ask, to prepare, to clean, to copy, to answer, to count, to point, to learn, to look, to rain, to carry, to snow, to work
§ 2
5.	Опишите, как у вас отмечается Новый Год.
6.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа о содержании одного из них и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы по другому.
соте — сате — соте meet — met — met
о
bring — brought — brought stand — stood — stood put — put — put
116
7.	Прочитайте фразы, выражающие восхищение. Используйте их в ситуациях.
Everyday Sentences
What a fine day it is!
What nice flowers!
What fine weather we are having!
How nice!
Fine!
Wonderful!
That’s very interesting!
8.	а) Подготовьте сообщение о зимних каникулах школьников.
б) Напишите три формы глаголов, подчеркните третью форму и прочитайте написанное.
to be, to draw, to have, to hold, to make, to put, to see, to show, to tell, to shut, to hear, to bring, to sleep, to lay, to go
Прочитайте тексты и выполните задание 1 Книги для чтения.
§ 3
9,	Прочитайте текст и ответьте на вопросы.
Winter
Winter is a nice season. Some people like summer or autumn, but others like winter. December, January and February are venter months. But in some places winter begins in November and ends in March or April. The nights in winter are very long, and it is dark when we get up in the morning. The days are short.
117
The ground, the fields and the trees are white with snow. Sometimes it is very cold, and people put on their warm clothes when they go out.
Boys and girls like to skate and ski. You can see a lot of children running and jumping in the snow or playing snowballs. Little children like to make snowmen.
Do you like winter? Why?
10.	Посмотрите на рисунок, прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	What season is it?
2.	What is the weather like?
3.	What is there on the ground, the trees and the . houses?
4.	Who can you see in the picture?
5.	What are the children doing?
6.	Are any of them playing snowballs?
7.	Are any other children making a snowman?
8.	Who is skating or skiing?
9.	Are the children happy to have a nice winter day?
118
II.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа об изображенном и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы по рисункам. Опишите эти рисунки.
2.
12.	Прочитайте и выучите шутливое стихотворение.
Man is a fool1 — Now2 it is too cold, Now it is too hot. He always wants
What he has not.
1 fool — глупец; 2 now ... now — to ... to
119
▲ 13. а) Прочитайте вопросы и, опираясь на них как на план, подготовьте описание зимы в ваших местах.
1.	Which аге winter months? 2. When does winter begin where you live? 3. What is the weather like in winter? 4. Is there much snow on the ground? 5. What do children like to play in winter? 6. Where do they usually play? 7. Do you see many people skiing in the fields or parks? 8. Why do children like winter?
б) Напишите по образцу, что вы выполнили следующие приказания, и прочитайте написанное.
Образец: Shut your exercise-book! — I have shut my exercise-book.
1. Answer my question! 2. Take a new book from the' library! 3. Lay the table! 4. Hang the map on' the wall! 5. Write down your homework! 6. Take off your coat in the hall!
§ 4
14.	Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на употребление выделенных слов.
time:	What time is it? What is the time? It istifne for
me to go. We have come in time. Look at the time-table! We have English three times a weeki end:	The house is at the end of the street. At the
end of the lesson we listened to a text. Read the text to the end. The concert ends at eight o’clock.
ski [ski:] I’ve got new skis. Let us ski in the forest, skate: My father has given me skates for my birthday. The boy likes to skate very much. /
।	some other month
•	autumn ski field
120
15.	Прочитайте текст. Расспросите соседа о школе.
Our School
Our school is a new one. it is very large. It has five floors. It stands in a large yard. In the yard there are many trees. There is a garden with flowers in it in front of the school.
4 When we come to school, we take off our coats and hats, raincoats and caps.
On the ground floor we can see the gymnasium, where we have physical training, and the dining-room.
The teachers’ room is on the first floor. On the first floor there are classrooms too. These classrooms are for the first, second, third and fourth forms. The classrooms for the other forms are on the second and third floors. The school hall is on the fourth floor. Here we have meetings for the schoolchildren and their parents, and concerts.
In the school there are rooms for English and other subjects and a library. The workshops are in the yard.
We like our school very much.
16.	Посмотрите на рисунки. Расспросите соседа о школе по одному рисунку и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы по другому.
early learn break come love front some floor
121
2.
б) Прочитайте вопросы и напишите на них ответы.
1.	What season is it now? 2. Is it snowing now? 3. It is bright, isn’t it? 4. What is the weather like today?
5. Do you like this weather? Why? 6. Can you skate or ski? 7. Do you go for walks in winter?
§ 5
18.	Прослушайте и прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правок колонок. Объясните различия в значении глагольных форм Present Indefinite и Past Indefinite (См. ГС XI I)
Usually
In the morning 1 jump out of bed and open the window. After that I wash my hands and face and dry myself with a towel.
Then I turn on the radio and listen to it.
Yesterday
In the morning I jumped out of bed and opened the window. After that I washed my hands and face and drietf" myself with a towel Then I turned on the radio and listened to it.
122
19.	Прочитайте и сопоставьте глагольные формы в таблицах 1 и 2. Сформулируйте правила образования II формы правильных глаголов, их написания и произнесения. (См. ГС XI 2). Прочитайте глагольные формы по колонкам и объясните написание и произнесение II формы глаголов.
help	like	play	copy	stop
helped	liked	played	copied	stopped
cleaned [d]	stopped [t]	counted [id]
played	looked	wanted
turned	washed	pointed
ask — asked	clean — cleaned	want	— wanted
dress — dressed	rain — rained	snow	— snowed
live — lived	watch — watched	touch	— touched
round — rounded	count — counted	help -	- helped
finish — finished	stay — stayed	dust -	- dusted
20.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок, и обратите внимание на формы Past Indefinite правильных глаголов.
We live in Moscow. It rains much in autumn. I want to be a driver. He dusts the sofa, the sideboard, the table and the chairs every day. They help their parents about the house. • You play the piano very well. The children like to walk in the park.	Last summer we lived in Sochi. It rained much last spring. I wanted to be a doctor. He dusted the sofa, the sideboard, the table and the chairs last Saturday. They helped their mother to clean the rooms and wash the floor in the afternoon. You played with your friends in the street. The children liked to play snowballs in winter.
123
21.	Опишите свою школу.
▲ 22. а) Прочитайте фразы и объясните форму правильных глаголов.
1. She worked in the field all morning yesterday. 2. They finished their last lesson at one o’clo.ck. 3. In the afternoon I stayed at home. 4. It snowed last Sunday. 5. We watched TV in the evening. 6. 1 asked him to ring me up. 7. He stopped at the corner of the street. 8. You wanted to take an umbrella. 9. She copied the text and looked at the teacher. 10. The schoolboy at the blackboard pointed to Volgograd on the map.
б	) Напишите три формы глаголов и прочитайте написанное, to dress, to point, to want, to jump, to dust, to turn, to like, to touch, to pass, to stay, to dry, to wash, to walk, to watch, to love
CQ Прочитайте текст и выполните задание 2 Книги для чтения.
§	6
23. Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок.
Обратите внимание на форму неправильных глаголов в Past Indefinite (См. ГС XI 3)
I usually get up at seven o’clock.
We have five lessons every day.
In the evening he goes to the park for a walk.
In cold weather she puts her hat and scarf on.
I got up at eight o’clock last Sunday.
Yesterday we had an English lesson.
After dinner he went to the park for a walk.
She put her raincoat on and left the room.
124
24.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок, н обратите внимание на форму Past Indefinite неправильных глаголов.
I do my morning exercises every day.
She goes to school in the morning.
We come home from school in the afternoon. On Sundays they see films in our cinema.
You get good marks for all subjects.
Yesterday I did my morning exercises at half past seven. She went to school by bus yesterday.
We came home from school at five o’clock.
Last Sunday they saw an interesting film.
You got a good mark for botany last week.
25.	Прочитайте названия школьных учебных предметов и скажите, какие предметы у вас в этом году и какие были в прошлом.
School Subjects
6th form
1.	Russian
2.	Literature
3.	Mathematics
4.	History
5.	Geography
6.	Botany
7.	English
8.	Labour Training
9.	Arts
10.	Music
11.	Physical Training
5th form
1.	Russian
2.	Literature
3.	Mathematics
4.	History
5.	Natural History
6.	English
7.	Labour Training
8.	Arts
9.	Music
10.	Physical Training
26.	Прочитайте и выучите стихотворение.
I Love Going to School
by Joyce Megginson
I’m learning to write And I’m learning to spell, And my teacher says That I’m doing well!
125
I can spell my nice cat — And that is C - A - T!
I can spell her name Pat — And that is P — A — T!
I can read, I can write,
I can spell my name too —
I just love going to school! And what about you?
▲ 27. а) Прочитайте фразы и скажите, в которых из них идет речь о прошедших событиях.
1. Our lessons begin at eight o’clock. 2. The concert began at seven o’clock in the evening. 3. The girl slept well all night. 4. She sleeps in her mother’s bedroom. 5. She makes few mistakes when she speaks English. 6. Yesterday I spoke with my father about his' work. 7. They sit at the desk in the corner of the room. 8. They sat down at the breakfast table at eight o’clock.
б	) Напишите три формы глаголов, подчеркните третью форму и прочитайте написанное.	'
to begjn, to read, to drink, to go, to write, to have, to bring, to eat, to make, to get, to come, to do, to give, to put, to see, to sit, to stand, to sleep, to take /
§	7
28.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок, и объясните образование отрицательной формы. (См. ГС XI 5)
She liked to eat cakes.
I wanted to go to the cinema last Monday.
I saw two boys in the street. They had five lessons yesterday.
He did not like to eat cakes.
I did not want to go for a walk yesterday.
I did not see girls there.
They did not have a history lesson yesterday.
126
We liv ed
in St. Petersburg
We
did
29.	Прочитайте фразы и укажите, которые из них имеют отрицательную форму.
I.	Не went to the bathroom but did not wash his face.
2.	She did not put her warm scarf on.
3.	We did not take a bus, we walked to the park.
4.	He gave the child a big apple.
5.	They did not sleep last night.
6.	We worked in the kitchen-garden in the afternoon.
30.	Прочитайте текст и расспросите соседа о классной комнате Лены.
Lena Describes Her Classroom
I am in the sixth form. Our classroom is on the second floor of the school. There are twenty-one desks in the classroom and two students sit at each desk.
The teacher’s desk is in front of the students desks. The blackboard is on the wall on the teacher’s left. The chalk and the duster are in a box near the blackboard.
There are four very large windows on the side of the room opposite the door. We open the windows during the break between lessons.
There are pictures and maps hanging on the walls in the classroom.
one front four flour too two to early break breakfast
127
There are lamps hanging above the desks. In winter it gets dark early. Then we turn on the light and the classroom is light.
We begin our lessons at half past eight in the morning. We have four or five lessons a day. We have a short break of ten minutes berween lessons, but between the second and third lessons we have a long break of twenty minutes. During the long break we go to the dining-room and have lunch.1 We finish our lessons at ten minutes past twelve.
1 lunch — второй завтрак, ленч
31.	Расспросите соседа о своей школе и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.	'
▲ 32. а) Прочитайте фразы и поправьте утверждения.
1. You went home by bus yesterday. 2. You had six lessons last Saturday. 3. Your mother worked last Sunday. 4. Your uncle and aunt came to see you yesterday. 5. Your friend introduced you to his! (her) sister last Wednesday. 6. We had geography last year.
б) Опровергните утверждения и прочитайте написанное.
1. We learned geography last year. 2. They £lept in the afternoon. 3. The students understood the English text. 4. You read the newspaper in the library. 5. He worked in the workshop in the afternoon. 6. He wore a warm coat in autumn.
§ 8
33. Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок. Обратите внимание на написание сокращенных форм.
The children did not play The children didn’t play games during the break, games during the break.
128
The girl did not want to see the school doctor.
I did not take my literature book yesterday.
You did not come to school in time.
The girl didn’t want to see the school doctor.
I didn’t take my literature book yesterday.
You didn’t come to school in time.
ч34. Прочитайте вопросы и ответы. Объясните образование вопросительных форм. (См. ГС XI 5)
Did you come to school late? No, I didn’t.
You did your English exercises yesterday, didn’t you?
Yes, I did.
Did you put a coat or a raincoat on yesterday? I put a raincoat on.
What did you do on Sunday? We stayed at home all day.
Where did they go after school? They went to the club. When did the mathematics lesson begin? It began at a quarter to twelve.
How many lessons did you have on Saturday? We had only four lessons.
Who did you see in the street? I saw my aunt.
Who finished the work first? Vera did.
35.	Прочитайте текст, обратите внимание на форму правильных и неправильных глаголов в Past Indefinite. Ответьте на поставленные вопросы.
Rostov
5 Зак. 153
129
Getting Up in the Morning
At seven o’clock yesterday morning the alarm-clock rang. I did not want to get up early. But I jumped out of bed and opened the window. Then 1 turned on the radio and did my morning exercises.
After my morning exercises I went to the bathroom and washed myself. I washed my hands, face and ears with cold water and dried myself with my towel. After that I brushed my hair with my hairbrush.
Then I dressed myself. I put on my shirt, trousers and jacket, my socks and my boots. Then I took my place at the breakfast table and Mother gave me my breakfast.
After breakfast I put my textbooks and exercise-books into my school-bag and put on my scarf and my poat.
«Good-bye, Mum!» I said.
«Good-bye. Don’t be late,» answered Mother, and I ran out.
1.	Did the boy want to get up?
2.	Why did he open the window?
3.	What did he do after his morning exerpises?
4.	What did he put on?
5.	When did he put his textbooks into his bag?
6.	Who said «Don’t be late»?
36.	Прочитайте и исправьте утверждения по тексту упражнения 35, а также предложите правильные утверждения.
1.	Boris got up at eight o’clock.
2.	He washed his hands with warm water.
3.	He put his textbooks into his bag and went to breakfast.
4.	Boris prepared his breakfast.
ring — rang — rung рк get — got — got
do — did — done
go — went — gone
put — put — put у give — gave — given say — said — said run — ran — run
130
5.	He put on his jacket and went out.
6.	He said good-bye to his sister.
37.	Опишите свою классную комнату.
▲ 38. а) Подготовьте описание вашего вчерашнего утра.
б)	Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, 4 начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	The child got up at five o’clock. (When ...)
2.	We saw the portrait of Pushkin in the library. (Where ...)
3.	It rained all day yesterday. (Did ...)
4.	The teacher gave the boy a bad mark for geography. (Who ...)
5.	The schoolboy did his mathematics in the morning. (Who ...)
6.	The friends spoke over the telephone about the concert. (What ... about?)
Ш Прочитайте тексты и выполните задание 3 Книги для чтения.
§ 9
39.	Прочитайте и разыграйте ситуацию.
You rang your friend on Sunday morning but he (she) did not answer. Ask him (her) what he (she) did all that morning.
40.	Прочитайте текст и побеседуйте с соседом о сельской школе.
A Village School
Kolya Orlov is a village boy. He lives in a village not far from the town of Saratov. In the village there is a new school. The school is not very large, it has two floors. The teachers’ room, the school hall and
131
the dining-room are on the ground floor. Classrooms are on the first floor.
The school stands in a large yard. The gymnasium and the workshops are in the yard too. There on the left there is a sports ground. In front of the school there is a garden with fruit-trees in it. At the back of the school there is a large vegetable garden. The schoolchildren work, in the garden, look after the trees, grow1 vegetables and water the flowers in the yard.
1 grow [grou] — выращивать
41.	Посмотрите на рисунки, сопоставляя левую и правую колонки, и обратите внимание на ситуации, определяющие конкретный и общий смысл выделенных слов. Объясните употребление артиклей с этими словами. (См. ГС VI 3)
132
42.	Прочитайте фразы и объясните, почему употреблены или не употреблены артикли с выделенными словами.
1.	Look at the blackboard. 2. Is there a blackboard in the school hall? 3. How many sisters and brothers have you? 4. They usually drink tea with milk. 5. May I go and get the meat from the kitchen? 6. He went to bed at ten o’clock. 7. The bed is in the corner of the room. 8. Let us take a bus.
I. Конкретный смысл. II. Общий смысл.
▲ 43. а) Прочитайте английские пословицы и подберите к ним соответствующие русские.
An hour1 in the morning is worth2 two in the evening. As you make your bed so you must lie on it.
To get out of bed on the wrong side.
So many men, so many minds.3
1 hour [аиэ] — час; 2 is worth [wa:0] — стбит; 3 mind [maind] — ум
б) Напишите аналогичные предложения о событиях, происшедших в прошлом. Прочитайте написанное.
Образец: We have five lessons on Monday — We had five lessons on Monday.
1. The lessons begin at one o’clock. 2. When the teacher comes into the room, the schoolchildren stand up. 3. Two children do not know their lesson. 4. The schoolchildren
133
read English texts at the lessons. 5. He does not understand his teacher. 6. They do not speak Russian during English lessons.
§ 10
44.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	What time did you get up yesterday?
2.	What did you do after that?
3.	Who made your bed, you or your mother?
4.	Where did you go after your morning exercises?
5.	Did you wash your face and hands with cold or warm water?
6.	Who did you have breakfast with? (
7.	Who gave you your breakfast?
8.	You said «Thank you» for your breakfast, didn’t you?
45.	Прочитайте текст и побеседуйте с соседом о том, как семья Стоговых провела вечер.
What the Stogovs Did in the Evening
Yesterday Victor Nikolayevich came home from work at half past five in the evening. He washed and then all the family had tea.
After that Victor Nikolayevich sat down in an arm-chair and read the evening newspaper. Vera Ivanovna and Lena washed the dishes and Boris did his homework. Nadyusha played with her toys.
Victor Nikolayevich is an evening student, but he did not go to the institute yesterday because he did not have any lectures.1 In the evening Vera Ivanovna and he went to the cinema.
get — got — got	go — went — gone
do — did — done have — had — had make — made — made give — gave — given
134
Lena and Boris did their homework and went to see their friends. Grandmother looked after Nadyusha.
The sister and brother came home, had their supper and read interesting books. Then Grandmother put Nadyusha to bed, and sat on the sofa to watch TV.
When the time came, Lena and Boris washed and went to bed.
1 lecture [’lektfa] — лекция
46.	Прочитайте шутки и скажите, которая из них вам понравилась больше.
"	Jokes
1.	Pete is a schoolboy. One day his father asked him: «Dvo you know the alphabet?» «Yes, Dad, I do,» said Pete.
«What letter comes after С?» asked his father.
«The letter D,» answered Pete.
«And what letters come after D?» «All the others, Daddy.»
2.	Teacher: Tom, did Jimmy Green do sums with you? Tom: No.
Teacher: Didn’t he?
Tom: No. He didn’t do them with me, he did them for me.
47.	Прочитайте фразы и объясните, почему употреблены или не употреблены артикли с выделенными словами.
I.	They came to a street with trees and flowers in the middle. 2. He liked to go by bus very much. 3. At the back of the house there is a yard with trees in it. 4. Pass me the salt, please. 5. The young men are students. 6. He went to the school library and took a book.
О
come — came — come
have — had — had
sit — sat — sat
read [i:] — read [e] — read [e]
do — did — done go — went — gone put — put — put
136
▲ 48. а) Подготовьте описания вашего вчерашнего вечера.
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя, где нужно, артикли, и прочитайте написанное.
1. There is ... break of fifteen minutes after ... third lesson. 2. You can see ... books on ... English literature on the shelves of ... library. 3. He has got ... good mark for ... Russian. 4. ... children read ... text at ... end of ... lesson. 5. ... village has ... nice club for... children. 6. When ... parents went to ... concerts, ... children played ... games on ... playground.
§ 11
49. Прочитайте текст и скажите, что дети делали во время зимних каникул.
Winter HoPdays
Last month we had winter holidays. They began on the 30th of December and ended on the 10th of January. Schoolchildren did not have lessons at that time.
We had good weather all the time. Sometimes it snowed, but we liked the weather very much.
During the holidays schoolchildren had a good time. They had New Year parties round the green New Year Trees with concerts in the school halls.
During the winter holidays I often went to the cinema and saw some interesting films for children. I read some books which I took from our school library. Every day I met my friends and we played on' the playground or went to the skating-rink* to skate. Every day I looked after my little sister and helped my mother about the house, washed the dishes, dusted the sofa and chairs, swept the floor and cleaned the rooms.
On Saturdays and Sundays my father took me to the town park for walks.
* skating-rink ['skeitirj rirjk] — каток
136
50. Прочитайте и выучите стихотворение.
I, Myself and Me
I gave a little party1
This afternoon at three;
’Twas2 very small,
4	Three guests3 in all —
Just I, myself and me.
Myself ate up the sandwiches,4 While I drank up the tea, And it was 1 Who ate the pie5 And passed the cake to me.
1 party — званый обед, вечеринка; 2 ’twas = it was — это был; 3 guest [gest] — гость; 4 sandwich ['saenwidj] — бутерброд; 5 pie — пирог
51. Прочитайте фразы и объясните, почему употреблены или не употреблены артикли с выделенными словами.
1. The mother has fish for breakfast, she does not like meat 2. Pass me the fish, please. 3. The flat has a nice little bedroom. 4. Olga is in the bedroom. 5. Give me a pencil, please. 6. There are a lot of pencils in the box. 7. Have you hot water in your flat? 8. The water is too hot.
▲ 52. а) Подготовьте описание ваших зимних каникул.
б) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте написанное.
have — had — had
begin — began — begun
go — went — gone see — saw — seen
read — read — read take — took — taken
meet — met — met sweep — swept — swept get — got — got do — did — done make — made — made give — gave — given
137
1.	He did not want to get up. (Did ...)
2.	She dried herself with a towel. (What ... with?)
3.	Boris took his place at the dinner table. (Who ...)
4.	He went to school in the afternoon. (When ...)
5.	The teacher gave us Exercise 21. (What exercise ...)
6.	They understood the teacher. (Who ...)
Прочитайте тексты и выполните задание 4 Книги для чтения.
§ 12
53.	Прочитайте и после выполнения каждого приказания скажите. что вы (или другой ученик) только что вделали.
1.	Go to the teacher’s desk.
2.	Take a piece of chalk.
3.	Write a letter on the blackboard.
4.	Give the chalk to the teacher.
1.	Hold up your right hand.
2.	Show your left hand to your friend.
3.	Pass your pen to your friend.
4.	Leave the room.
54.	Прочитайте серию приказаний и после их выполнения скажите, что вы (или другой ученик) делали.
1. Stand up.
Go to the blackboard. Take a piece of chalk. Write the letter X on blackboard.
2. Stand up.
Go to the blackboard.
Take the duster.
the Clean the blackboard.
go — went — gone take — took — taken write — wrote — written give — gave — given
hold - held - held 4 show — showed — shown leave — left — left
138
3. Go to the teacher’s desk. 4. Take the teacher’s book. Show it to your classmates. Put it down.
Open your book at page 31.
Read the sentences.
Shut the book.
Repeat these sentences.
55.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа о том, как дети проводили вопросы.
зимние каникулы и ответьте на его (ее)
139
56.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	What time did you go to school yesterday?
2.	Did you walk or take a bus? '
3.	How many lessons did you have yesterday?
4.	What lessons did you hav??
5.	What marks did you get?
6.	Where did you have your physical training lesson last week, in the gymnasium or on the sports ground?
7.	What’did you do during the long break yesterday?
8.	When did you finish your lessons yesterday?
A 57. а) Подготовьте описание того, что вы делали в школе вчера.
б) Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные в скобках, в Past Indefinite. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	I ... up and ... to him. (to stand, to go)
2.	She did not ... her daughter to the concert, (to take)
stand — stood — stood go — went — gone take — took — taken
write — wrote — written put — put — put read — read — read \
shut — shut — shut
140
3.	When did the meeting ...? (to begin)
4.	Did you ... the portrait of Gagarin in the room? (to see)
5.	She did not ... her things in the right place, (to put)
6.	She ... English and did not ... any mistakes, (to speak, to make)
§ 13
58.	Прочитайте текст. Ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
At the English Lesson
Yesterday Lena had an English lesson. When the teacher, Inna Vasilievna, came into the room, the schoolchildren stood up and the teacher said, «Good morning, children.»
The schoolchildren answered, «Good morning, Inna Vasilievna». The teacher went to her desk and said. «Sit down.»
All the children sat down and the lesson began. First the teacher asked questions on the last lesson. Some children answered very well, they knew all the answers to the questions. The teacher said to them, «Very good, I am going to give you a very good mark. Five», or «I am going to give you a good mark. Four.» Some students did not know the lesson very well. The teacher said to them, «I cannot give you a good mark. I give you a three.» One boy made many mistakes, and the teacher gave him a bad mark.
come — came — come stand — stood — stood say — said — said go — went — gone get — got — got	speak — spoke — spoken understand — understood — understood read — read — read do — did — done see — saw — seen
141
Then Inna Vasilievna showed some pictures and the students described them.
After that, Inna Vasilievna called some boys and girls to the blackboard one after another. The pupils came to the blackboard, answered questions or asked the other children questions.
The teacher spoke English all the time and the children understood and answered all her questions in English.
After these exercises, the pupils read a text in their books and the teacher asked them to speak about it. At the end of the lesson the teacher gave them their homework.
Lena liked that English lesson very much.
1.	What did the teacher do when she came into the room?
2.	What questions did the teacher ask first?
3.	Did all the children get good marks?
4.	What did Inna Vasilievna show the children?
5.	What did the children do at the blackboard?
6.	What did they read after that?
7.	The-teacher spoke English all the time, didn’t she?
8.	Did the students understand the teacher?
59.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа о школе и
ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.
142
2.
60.	Прочитайте приказания и после их выполнения ответьте на вопросы.
A.	Take a picture and hang it on the blackboard.
1.	Has he (she) taken a book or an exercise-book?
2.	Where has he (she) hung the picture?
3.	You haven’t hung the map up, have you?
4.	Who has hung the picture?
B.	Stand up.
Go to the window.
Look out.
Say what you see.
1.	What did he (she) do first?
2.	What did he (she) do then?
3.	He (she) looked out, didn’t he (she)?
4.	What did he (she) see?
▲ 61. а) Подготовьте описание прошедшего урока английского языка.
б) Напишите ответы на вопросы.
1. How many lessons did you have yesterday? 2. When did you have your last English lesson? 3. What did you do at the lesson? 4. Who answered the teacher’s questions at the lesson? 5. Who did the teacher give a good mark to? 6. Did you stay at school after lessons yesterday?
143
§ 14
62. Прочитайте серии приказаний одному из учеников и после их выполнения расспросите соседа о выполненных действиях.
Stand up. Go to the	2. Turn to your friend.	
	teacher’s	Ask him (her) to give you
desk. Take a piece of paper.		his (her) book. Take the book.
Write an	English	Say «Thank you» to him
word on it. Read the word.		(her). Open the book at page 170.
63. Прочитайте фразы. Обратите внимание на выделенные определения.
1.	The boy who is standing near the bus stop is my brother.
2.	I have a friend who lives near the cinema.
3.	There are a lot of people who like to ski.
4.	Look at the boy whc is sitting at the back desk.
5.	Take the chair which is in the corner of the room.
6.	The dress which is in the wardrobe is made of cotton.
7.	I do not understand the question which you have asked me.
8.	The village in which he lives is not very large.
64.	Прочитайте и выучите известную шутливую народную английскую присказку.
This is the house that Jack built.1
This is the malt2
That lay3 in the house that Jack built.
This is the rat,4
That ate the malt
That lay in the house that Jack built.
stand — stood — stood write — wrote — written go — went — gone read — read — read take — took — taken say — said — said
144
This is the cat,
That killed5 the rat, That ate the malt That lay in the house that Jack built.
This is the dog
That worried6 the cat.
That killed the rat. That ate the malt That lay in the house that Jack built. This is the cow with the crumpled horn,7 That tossed8 the dog. That worried the cat, That killed the rat. That ate the malt
That lay in the house that Jack built.
1 build (built, built) — строить; 2 malt [mxlt] — солод; 3 lie (lay, lain) — лежать; 4 rat — крыса; 5 kill — убивать; 6 worry ['wAri] — тревожить; 7 crumpled horn — искривленный рог; 8 toss — подбрасывать
65.	Опишите предыдущий урок английского языка в вашем классе, используя вопросы как опору.
I.	When did you have your last English lesson?
2.	How did the lesson begin?
3.	What did the student on duty do before the English lesson?
4.	What did you do first at the lesson?
5.	What did the teacher ask the students about?
6.	Who did the teacher call to the blackboard?
7.	How did they answer?
8.	What did you read at the lesson?
9.	What did you do at the end of the lesson?
10.	What did the teacher tell you to do at home?
▲ 66. а) Подготовьте описание того, как вы провели последнее воскресенье.
145
б)	Перепишите предложения, употребляя нужные формы глаголов, данных в скобках. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	When ... the literature lesson ...? (to begin)
2.	Did you ... a mistake? (to make)
3.	You ... not ... my question, (to understand)
4.	... the lesson ... at twelve o’clock (to end)
5.	At the end of the lesson the teacher ... you the homework, (to give)
6.	The children ... questions, ... the teacher’s questions and ... texts during the lesson, (to ask, to answer, to read).
) Прочитайте текст и выполните задание 5 Книги для чтения.
§ 15
67.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	Do you learn Russian?
2.	Are you learning Russian now?
3.	Did you have a Russian lesson yesterday?
4.	Have you finished your botany book?
5.	What mark did you get at the last English lesson?
6.	What sixth form books have you got?
7.	What subjects did you learn last year?
8.	What subjects do you learn this year?
9.	What subject are you learning?
68.	Сегодня пятница. Расспросите соседа об уроках вчера или позавчера и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы о другое дне.
Wednesday	Thursday
History Russian English Music Labour Training	Mathematics Literature Geography History Physical Training
146
69.	Опишите, как вы провели прошедший воскресный день.
70.	Прочитайте шутки и скажите, которая из них вам понравилась больше.
After School
Jack is an English schoolboy. It is his first year at school. One day he comes home from school and he is not very happy.
«How do you like your teacher?» Father asks Jack.
«Not very much, Daddy,» answers the boy. «She can’t count well.»
«Why do you think so, my boy?»
«Well, Dad, at first she says that three and three are six, and then she says that two and four are six. I am sure1 she can’t count well.»
Jimmy Brown
Jimmy Brown did not want to go back to school after the summer holidays. He wanted to stay two or three more1 2 days at home. So he telephoned his teacher and said:
«Jimmy Brown is very ill. He is in bed. He cannot go to school for two or three days.»
«Well, I am sorry to hear that,» said the teacher. «Who is speaking?»
«My father, sir,»3 answered Jimmy.
1 I am sure [Jua] — я уверен; 2 more — больше; 3 sir — сэр (обращение к взрослому)
▲ 71. а) Прочитайте вопросы и, опираясь на них, подготовьте описание того, как вы провели вчерашний вечер.
1. When did you come home from school yesterday?
2. Did you have dinner then or go for a walk? 3. What ‘ did you have for dinner? 4. Who did you have dinner with? 5. How did you help your parents yesterday?
6. What did you do in the evening? 7. Did you watch TV yesterday? 8. When did you go to bed?
147
б)	Напишите по-английски ваше школьное расписание уроков на всю неделю.
§ 16
72.	Прочитайте вопросы и дайте на них полные ответы.
1.	What is the name of the boy who is sitting in front of you?
2.	What do you do with the exercises which the teacher gives you?
3.	How do you get to a cinema which is far from your house?
4.	What is the number of the bus which takes you to the park?
5.	Is there a student in your class who is usually late for his (her) lessons?
6.	What is the name of the town (village) in which you live?
73.	Прочитайте в лицах диалог. Разыграйте аналогичные сцены с соседом.
Asking About the Time-Table
«What lessons are we going to have today?»
«The first lesson is literature, the second is mathematics. Then we have arts. The fourth lesson is English and the fifth is physical training.»
«Thank you very much.»
«That’s all right.»
-к	learn — learnt — learnt ,	,	,
О	have - had - had	get “ 8°' “ got
148
74.	Прочитайте загадки и отгадайте их.
1.	Our little John Has a wooden* shirt on, And a long nose.
He leaves2 his mark Wherever3 hi goes.
2.	The field is white, Black is the seed4 The man who sows5 it Is clever indeed.6
1 wooden — деревянный; 2 leave — оставлять; 3 wherever [wear'eva] — куда бы ни; 4 seed — зерно; 5 sow [sou] — сеять; 6 clever ['kleva] indeed [in'di:d] — действительно умный
A 75. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы из него узнали.
Henry White Tells Us About His School
I go to school in Greentown, a small town near London, where I live.
School begins at nine o’clock in the morning. We have four lessons, each of forty minutes, in the morning. After the second lesson we have a break of fifteen minutes. After the fourth lesson we have a break of an hour* and a half for dinner. Children who do not live far from school go home for their dinner. But some parents want their children to have dinner at school. These children have dinner in the school dining-room.
We come to school after the dinner break at half past one. In the afternoon we have three lessons with a break of ten minutes after the second lesson. During the breaks we play or walk on the school playground.
School ends at ten minutes past four. Some children stay at school after lessons for clubs: music, drawing,2 and others. One afternoon a week is for sports only.
149
We go to a park or a playground for sports. On Saturday morning we have no school.
All new schools in England are mixed,3 they are for boys and girls. But there are some schools for boys only and some for girls only. All the new schools have good laboratories4 for physics, chemistry5 and biology. They have a gymnasium for physical training too.
We also6 learn English, literature, history, geography, mathematics, French or German, music and drawing.
1 hour [эиэ] — час; 2 drawing |'dro:io] — рисование; 3 mixed [mikst] — смешанные; 4 laboratory [la'boratri] — лаборатория; 5 chemistry ['kemistri] — химия; 6 also ['oilsou] — также
б)	Прочитайте вопросы и напишите развернутые ответы.
Say what you did yesterday
when you got up.
when you finished your morning exercises.
when you had your breakfast.
when you came to school.
§ 17
76.	Прочитайте в лицах диалог. Разыграйте аналогичный разговор с товарищем.
Over the Telephone
«Hello! Lena here. Is that Valya?»
«Yes, what don’t you know today?»
«What homework did the Russian teacher give us?»
«Didn’t you write it in your record book?»
«No, I didn’t.»
«She gave us Exercise 27 on page 51 and Exercise
32 on page 65.»
«Thanks, Valya.»
«That’s all right.»
150
77.	Прочитайте текст и побеседуйте с соседом о ваших школьных делах.
At School
Му friends and I are students in Form 6 A. There are thirty-six schoolchildren in our class, twenty of them are girls and sixteen are boys. Some of us like 4 Russian, literature or English, others like mathematics, geography or botany. We usually get good marks for all subjects. We are good friends and help each other to get fives and fours.
When we are on duty we clean the blackboard, dust the desks, sweep the floor of the classroom, water the flowers.
Some of us help old people who live near our school. Others look after small schoolchildren.
78.	Прочитайте и разыграйте ситуации.
1.	Two friends meet in the school library. One has already taken a book, the other wants to give a book back and take another one. One asks the other what book he has taken.
2.	Two boys meet after school. One is in Form 5A, the other is in 5B. They speak about what lessons they have had today and what they have done at school.
▲ 79. а) Прочитайте английские пословицы и подберите к ним соответствующие русские. '
1.	A little pot1 is soon hot.
2.	Where there is a will2 there is a way.3
3.	All is well that ends well.
4.	It is never too late to learn.
1 pot — горшок, котелок; 2 will — желание; 3 way — путь, дорога
some other live field friend
151
6) Напишите 8 вопросов своему другу о его (ее) классе, ш. Прочитайте текст(ы) и выполните задание 6 Книги для чтения.
§ 18
80.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	What do you usually do when you get to school?
2.	What is there on the ground floor of your school?
3.	Where is the teacher’s room?
4.	Do you learn English in the English room?
5.	Where do you have your labour training?
6.	Where do you have physical training in winter and spring?
7.	Where do you have meetings and concerts?
8.	Where do you go when you want to read a new book?
81.	Прочитайте и разыграйте ситуации.
1.	A new boy (girl) has come to your school. You tell him (her) about the school.
2.	You‘ring your friend who is ill and tell him (her) what lessons you have had and what homework the teacher has given you.
82.	Прочитайте фразы и объясните употребление или отсутствие артикля перед словом stone.
1.	The boy shows a stone which he has found in the street.
2.	There are a lot of stones in the yard.
3.	The stone is big and the child cannot carry it away.
4.	Take the stones out of your bag, Kostya.
5.	The wall is made of stone.
▲ 83. а) Подготовьте краткое сообщение о вашем классе.
б)	Напишите 8 вопросов своему другу о сельской школе, в которой он (она) учится.
152
break n	end n	meeting n	subject n
club n	game n	portrait n	time-table n
concert n	gymnasium n	skate v	understand v
dining-room	n learn v	ski v	workshop n
during prep	library n	sport n	yesterday adv
Unit 6
§ 1
1.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок. Сформулируйте правила образования Past Indefinite глагола to be. (См. ГС XII 1)
Now I am ill.
You are late.
It is Sunday.
We are at school. They are present. There is a lot of snow on the ground. There are a lot of people in the street.
Yesterday
I was ill.
You were late.
It was Saturday.
We were at school.
They were present.
There was a lot of snow on the ground.
There were a lot of people in the street.
2.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок, и объясните различия в формах глагола to be в Past Indefinite.
It was seven o’clock in the evening.
He was on duty yesterday.
I was glad to see you. There was a wall newspaper in the corridor.
The children were in the yard.
You were at the cinema at that time.
We were happy to be at the concert.
There were five lessons last Saturday.
153
3.	Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на формы глагола в настоящем и прошедшем времени.
Alec is absent from the lesson. Vera was absent last Monday.
It is spring. It was early winter.
The family are at the dinner table. The schoolchildren were in the hall at the concert.
There are some boys in the garden. There were some workers in the workshop.
I am in the fifth form. I was in the fourth form last year.
There is some bread in the cupboard. There was some coffee in the cup.
4.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа, чем были заняты дети в воскресенье, и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.
154
▲ 5. а) Прочитайте фразы и объясните форму глагола в них.
1. There were a lot of farmers working in the field.
2. Last year I was in Suzdal with my parents. 3. He was the first student in his class. 4. They were happy to go to a sports school. 5. She was in hospital last month. 6. The weather was fine in May.
б) Напишите по образцу аналогичные предложения о событиях, происшедших в прошлом. Прочитайте написанное.
Образец: The weather is fine. — The weather was fine.
1. He is in the fifth form. 2. I am at home. 3. She is seventeen years old. 4. They are very young. 5. We are good friends. 6. You are wrong.
§ 2
6.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок. Объясните образование отрицательной формы. (См. ГС XII 2)
I was in the park.
It was Thursday.
He was ill.
We were on duty yesterday.
You were too young.
They were in Novgorod.
I was not at the cinema.
It was net Friday. He was not well.
We were not absent yesterday.
You were not very old.
They were not in Pskov.
late
7.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок. Объясните образование отрицательной формы оборота there was (there were). (См. ГС XII 3)
155
There was some milk in the bottle.
There was an English lesson on Tuesday.
There were some spoons in the cupboard.
There were a lot of
There was not any milk in the glass. There was no milk in it. There was no English lesson on Wednesday.
There were not any forks in the box. There were no forks in it.
There were no flowers in the
flowers in the garden, street.
8.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок. Обратите внимание на написание сокращенных форм.
The child was not in bed. There was not any salt on the table.
It was not very cold last week.
The articles were not interesting.
The days were not long in January.
There were not any toys in the children’s room.
The child wasn’t in bed. There wasn’t any salt on the table.
It wasn’t very cold last week.
The articles weren’t interesting.
The days weren’t long in January.
There weren’t any toys in the children’s room.
9.	Посмотрите на рисунок и расспросите соседа, каким был день, где были дедушка и внук и что они там делали.
▲ 10. а) Подготовьте описание ситуации, изображенной на рисунке упр. 9.
б) Опровергните утверждения и прочитайте написанное.
I. Не was late for the mathematics lesson. 2. The children were in the gymnasium. 3. There were some
156
good marks in his exercise-book. 4. The school was in the centre of the town. 5. There was a meeting in the school hall. 6. It was cold in the morning.
Q Прочитайте тексты и выполните задание 7 Книги для чтения.
§ 3
11.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответы. Сформулируйте правила образования вопросительных форм. (См. ГС XII 4)
Was he late for his music lesson? No, he wasn’t. Was it Monday or Tuesday yesterday? It was Tuesday. What was the weather like last week? It was fine.
How many lessons were there yesterday? There were five lessons.
Where were you yesterday? I was in the library. He was ten years old, wasn’t he? Yes, he was.
There was no chalk in the box, was there? No, there wasn’t.
Who was absent yesterday? Petrov was.
12.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответы. Обратите внимание на их форму.
How much butter was there on the plate? There wasn’t much, there was only a little.
Who was on duty last Friday? Smirnova and I were. Was your friend with you at eight o’clock yesterday? No, he wasn’t.
You were present at the club, weren’t you? Yes, I was. How old were your parents in 1980? They were 19 and 15.
There was a literature lesson on Monday, wasn’t there? No, there wasn’t.
13.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	What date was it yesterday?
2.	Was it Thursday or Wednesday yesterday?
157
3.	What was the weather like yesterday?
4.	How many lessons did you have yesterday?
5.	When were you at the library?
6.	Where were you at six o’clock yesterday?
7.	Were there many schoolchildren playing in the yard during the break?
8.	Who was absent from the lesson yesterday?
▲ 14. а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте рассказ о том, что делал Миша в воскресенье.
On Sunday
It was Sunday yesterday. The weather was fine and it was not very cold. The ground and the trees were white with snow.
In the morning my mother said to me, «Misha, you must clean your room, and then you may go for a walk in the afternoon. It is a fine day.»
Soon after breakfast I cleaned my room. I dusted the desk, the bookcase and the bookshelves, swept the floor and watered the flowers.
Then I went out for a walk in the park. I took my skates and skated in the park with my friends. At two o’clock I came home.
After dinner my friend Grisha came to see me. We played games and talked about our school and our class. Then we saw a new film on TV which was very interesting.
My parents were not at home in the afternoon, they went to see their friend who had a birthday party.
In the evening I read a book. When my parents came back home, I was glad to see them.
б) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте на писанное
1.	All the students were present. (Who ...)
2.	There were twenty-eight days in February last year.
(How many ...)
158
3.	The dresses were made of silk. (What ... of?)
4.	He was glad to see his friends. (Was ...)
5.	It was six o’clock when he came home from work.
(What time ...)
6.	The film was interesting. (What ...)
15.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	Where were you last Sunday?
2.	How many students were present at your last English lesson?
3.	What was the weather like last Wednesday?
4.	Were you at the cinema or at the theatre last Thursday?
5.	Was your last physical training lesson on the sports ground or in the gymnasium?
6.	Were you late for your lessons yesterday?
7.	How many lessons did you have yesterday?
8.	What was the first lesson yesterday?
16.	Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на значение и употребление в них выделенных слов.
ago	I saw her two days ago. That was not long
[o'gou]:	ago. Two years ago he was in Moscow,
way:	Can you show me the way to the library?
On her way to school she met her friend. This way, please.
say —		said — said	come — came — come
о	go — went — gone		see — saw — seen
	sweep	— swept — swept	have — had — had
	take -	- took — taken	read — read — read
159
on:	There are a lot of pictures on the wall. Put the warm coat on! Go on reading the text. They went on with their exercises. The family walked on in the park.
country ['kAntriJ:	Our country is Russia. He lives in the country, his village is not far from here.
get {get]:	I have got an interesting book. We can get to the museum by bus. He gets up early in the morning. You have got on the wrong trolley-bus. Get off at the next stop.
17.	Прочитайте текст, попросите товарища показать на карте нашу страну, ее столицу, область и место, где вы живете, и расспросите о них.
Our Country
We livejn Russia. Russia is a large country. When it i& morning at one end of the country, it is night at the other. It is hot in one place, and it is cold in another. There are a lot of big cities and small towns and villages in our country. The peoples of Russia speak a lot of languages,1 but they can all speak Russian.
The capital of the country is Moscow. It is a beautiful city. The Kremlin and Red Square are in the centre of Moscow.
There are a lot of factories, offices, museums, institutes, theatres and cinemas in Moscow. In the capital you can see large beautiful squares and streets with tall modern buildings.
We love our country and its capital.
1 language ['laeggwids] — язык.
cafe change people theatre beautiful give live city post another wonderful building buy
160
▲ 18. а) Опираясь на текст упражнения 17 подготовьте 8 вопросов о нашей стране.
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя глаголы was или were, и прочитайте написанное.
1. Who ... absent yesterday? 2. We ... in the museum last week. 3. There ... a shop on the way to the centre of the town. 4. The weather ... very fine. 5. There ... a lot of new modern buildings in Tverskaya Street.
6. The bus stop ... not far from the hotel.
§ 5
19.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.	\
1.	What holiday did we have on the 8th of March?
2.	What did you buy for your mother?
3.	What did you say to your mother when you gave her your present?
4.	How did you help your mother about the house?
5.	Was your mother happy on that day?
6.	What did you say to your teachers?
7.	You had a concert on that day at your school, didn’t you?
20.	Прочитайте текст и скажите, почему мама улыбнулась.
March, 8
The eighth of March was a wonderful day.
Victor got up very early in the morning when his mother was still in bed. He had a talk* with his father. Then his father put his coat and hat on and went out. Victor washed his face and hands and went to the living-room to clean it. He dusted the sofa and the chairs, swept the floor of the living-room and washed • the floor of the kitchen.
Soon his father came and brought five roses. It was very difficult to buy flowers on the eighth of March, because there were too many men buying
6 4am 1 д
161
flowers in flower shops. The father put the flowers on the table and went into the kitchen. There Victor and his father put on aprons2 and began to prepare a present for the mother.
When the mother got up, breakfast was on the table. Victor and his father met her at the door, gave her the flowers and said, «Best wishes for the eighth of March.»
The mother thanked them. She was happy to see the clean room, the flowers and the breakfast on the table.
They all sat at the table and the mother asked them, «What’s that?»
«It’s a cake! It’s our present for you.»
The mother took a piece of the cake and smiled.3 When Victor ate the cake, he did not smile, he did not like tke cake, there was too much salt in it. But the mother was happy to get the presents.
1 to have a talk — поговорить; 2 apron ['eipran] — передник; 3 smile — улыбаться
21.	Посмотрите на рисунки и расскажите, что произошло 8 Марта?
1.	2.
162
3.
4.
▲ 22. а) Подготовьте описание того, как в вашей семье отмечался праздник 8 Марта.
б)	Напишите 8 вопросов своему другу о том, как у него в семье отмечался праздник 8 Марта.
✓
ш Прочитайте тексты и выполните задание 8 Книги для чтения.
§ 6
23. Прочитайте типичные реплики при поисках адресата. Используйте их в ситуациях.
Everyday Sentences
How can I get to the 'theatre?
Please tell me the way to the museum.
Which bus goes to the institute?
Which tram goes to the park?
6*
163
24. Прочитайте текст и расспросите соседа о его содержании.
In Town
Yesterday the Stogovs went for a walk in town. They walked along the new streets to the square in the centre of the town.
On one side of this square they saw a post-office, a tall modern building. Here they stopped at a street crossing because the lights were red. When the lights changed to green the Stogovs crossed the square.
On the other side of the square, opposite the post-office, the Stogovs saw the theatre, a beautiful grey building. There was a large hotel near the theatre.
The Stogovs walked on. Soon they came to a street with trees and flowers in the middle. In this street the Stogovs stopped at many shops to look at the shop windows? On one side of this street was a large cinema and a new cafe. On the other side they saw the town library. At the end of the street was the town hospital.
After the hospital, our friends turned to the right to go to the town park. They wanted to cross the street, but there were too many cars, trams and buses. When there were no cars, trams or buses, they crossed the street and went into the park.
In the park, the father and mother sat down on a bench under a brg green tree. They read books or talked. The children went for a walk in the park.
When the children came back, Vera Ivanovna said, «It’s time to go home for tea.»
«Let us take a bus home,» said Victor Nikolayevich.
buy — bought — bought get — got — got sweep — swept — swept come — came — come bring — brought — brought
begin — began — begun meet — met — met give — gave — given take — took — taken eat — ate — eaten
164
Boris was very glad. He liked to go by bus very much. So they took a Number Two bus and got home in a very short time.
25. Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа об изображенном городе и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.
go — went — gone see — saw — seen come — came — come
sit — sat — sat take — took — taken get — got — got
165
▲ 26. а) Подготовьте описание города, изображенного на рисунках упр. 25.
б) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	She was a university student (What ...)
2.	It was a very beautiful and modern hotel. (What kind ...)
3.	The shoe shop was open at that time. (Was ...)
4.	He was in the Soviet Union in 1967. (When ...)
5.	The children were in the library all day. (Where ...)
6.	It was early morning. (Was ... or ...)
§	7
I
27.	Прочитайте в лицах короткие диалоги. Обыграйте с соседом аналогичные диалоги.
Short Conversations
Asking the Way
1.	«Excuse me, how can I get to the museum?» «Go straight1 along this street, take the third turning on your right and then the second on your left.» «Thank you very much.»
2.	«Can you tell me the way to the theatre?»
«Yes. Take the first turning on your left and go straight on for two blocks. The theatre is there on the right.»
«Thank you very much.»
«Not at all.»
1	straight [streit] — прямо
28.	Посмотрите на рисунки и прочитайте текст. Обратите внимание на типичные ситуации, в которых употребляется определенный артикль. (См. ГС VI 4)
166
Ill
Mother: Put the milk on the table, dear!
Teacher:	Do you
understand the text?
The arm-chair is in the right-hand corner of the room.
I. Указание на объект. II. Ссылка на известное.
III. Дополнительная конкретизация.
29. Посмотрите на рисунки, прочитайте фразы и скажите, почему употреблен определенный артикль с выделенными
1. «Do ycu like the 2. «Mum, I’ve brought all the book?»	things you wanted.»
167
3. «Didn’t I tell you not 4. «Take the bag and to play with the boy? go home!»
5. The number of his flat is twenty-three.
6. He lives in a village and works on a farm. The farm is very lafrge.
▲ 30. а) Прочитайте текст и опишите город Гринтаун.
Greentown
Greentown, where the Whites live, is a small town not far from London. There are no factories in Greentown. The houses are not very large, many have two floors, some have three.
The town square is in the centre of the town. There we can see the Town Hall, some shops, a caffe and a cinema. There is a hotel in the centre of the town.
Greentown has no buses, but people get to Greentown from London by bus.
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя, где нужно, артикли, и прочитайте написанное.
1. Go along ... street and on ... right you can see ... theatre. 2. There are ... shops and ... new hotel near ... square. 3. How can I get to ... post-office, please?
4.	In ... caffe I had ... cup of ... coffee and ... bread and ... butter. 5. ... tea is not very hot. 6. This is ... bench on which I like to sit.
168
31.	Посмотрите на рисунок и опишите ситуацию, в которой нужно сказать приведенные фразы.
Stop when the lights are red. Cross the street when the lights are green.
32.	Прочитайте и выучите стихотворение.
Go! Stop!
Look to this side, Look to that side, The green says, «Go!»
Now go slow.1 The red says «Stop!» Now do so.2
1 slow [slou] — медленно; 2 so — таким образом
33.	Прочитайте текст в лицах. Скажите, что видели девочки во время поездки по городу.
On the Tram
Nina, a friend from another town, came to see Lena. Lena wanted to show her friend the town. They took a tram.
Lena: Here is our tram. Number Four. Let’s get on. Nina: Fine.
Lena: See that building on the right? That is my school. It’s not far from our block of flats.
Nina: No, it’s very near.
Lena: Look, there is the factory where my father works. There is another big factory near it. Now look on the right. At the end of that street you can see a yellow building. That is our cinema. They show wonderful films there.
169
Nina: It’s a new cinema, isn’t it?
Lena: Yes. Now we are coming to the theatre. Look, is your theatre like that?
Nina: Yes, it’s beautiful too.
Lena: And that is the town library. There on the left is the post-office. And look at that new hotel.
Nina: That’s a good hotel!
Lena: Now we are coming to the museum. Have you got a museum in your town?
Nina: Yes, we have two.
Lena: Now, there is the hospital where my mother works. She is a doctor, you know.
Nina: Yes.
Lena: Here’s the park now, let’s get off.
34.	Посмотрите на схему )города и обсудите с соседом, как пройти от школы до библиотеки; от почты до кино; от парка до кафе; от музея до театра; от гостиницы до больницы. Опишите, что вы видите по пути.
35.	Прочитайте и выполните задания. Объясните, чем обусловлено употребление артиклей в сказанных вами фразах.
1.	There is a newspaper on the other side of the desk. Ask your friend to pass it to you.
2.	A man has come into your classroom. Ask your friend who he is and where he lives.
170
3.	Your friend has said that he (she) saw a new film yesterday. Ask him (her) what it was about.
▲ 36. а) Прочитайте фразы и опровергните утверждения.
1.	You were in Yakutsk last summer.
2.	You had four lessons yesterday.
3.	It was Saturday yesterday.
4.	You were ill last week.
5.	Your friend was absent from school last Wednesday.
6.	Your aunt was in hospital last month.
б)	Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные в скобках, в нужной форме. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	They have just ... the street, (to cross)
2.	... they usually ... at the'«Rossiya» Hotel when they are in Moscow? (to stay)
3.	They are ... flowers for their mother, (to buy)
4.	In 1965 he ... at the town hospital, (to work)
5.	He sometimes ... his mother to wash the dishes or to look after his little sister, (to help)
6.	I ... not ... to wash myself with cold water when I was ten. (to like)
СИ Прочитайте тексты и выполните задание 9 Книги для чтения.
§ 9
37.	Прочитайте в лицах короткие диалоги. Обыграйте с соседом аналогичные диалоги.
Short Conversations At the Bus Stop
1.	«Does bus Number 1 stop here?»
«Yes, it does.»
«How many stops to the sports ground?»
«The sports ground is the fifth stop.»
«Thank you very much.»
«Not at all.»
171
2.	«Just a minute, please. How do I get to the «Rossiya» Hotel?»
Go along this street to the bus stop on the right and take a Number 3 bus. The third stop is in front of the hotel.»
«Thank you very much.»
38.	Прочитайте ситуации и выполните задания.
1.	Your family has got a new flat. Tell your friend how to get to your block of flats from your school.
2.	Your family has got a new flat. You meet your friend in the street. Describe what is near your new block of flats.
39.	Посмотрите на рисунки, прочитайте фразы и скажите, почему употребляется Определенный артикль с выделенными словами.
1.	«This isn’t the hat I asked you for.»
2.	«Here is the salt.»
3.	Look at the little pigs. They are nice, aren’t they?
4.	She was sitting at the desk in the centre of the post-office.
5.	What is the weather like today?
6.	Take the scarf and put it on.
I. Указание на объект. II. Ссылка на известное. III. Дополнительная конкретизация.
172
▲ 40. а) Прочитайте текст и объясните различия в дорожном движении в Англии и в нашей стране.
About Traffic1 in England
Vasily Bogatov is Russian. Last year he went to London.
When he was in the street in London for the first time, he thought2 something3 was wrong with the traffic.
He looked at the cars and buses and then he said:
«Now I see, the cars go on the left side of the road.»4
Yes, in England the cars go on the left, and not on the right side of the road. When people want to cross the street, they must look first to the right and then to the left. In Russia they look first to the left and then to the right. Vasily saw that the buses in London have two decks.5 He saw that some London buses have a conductor.6 «In Moscow,» he said to himself, «we have no conductors.»
1 traffic ['traefik] — уличное движение; 2 thought [0o:t] — подумал; 3 something ['sAmOig] — что-то; 4 road [roud] — дорога, улица; 5 deck [dek] — пол в омнибусе, зд. этаж;
6 conductor [kan'dAkta] — кондуктор
б) Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные в скобках, в нужной форме. Прочитайте написанное.
1. Yesterday I ... at the cinema, (to be)
2. How much ... you ... for this book? (to pay)
3. Have you ... the new film about sportsmen? (to see)
4. They have ... on a Number Four bus. (to get)
5. Last Sunday she ... for a walk in the park, (to go)
6. I ... not ... my breakfast yet. (to have)
173
§ 10
41.	Прочитайте текст и расспросите соседа о деревне.
In the Village
Му uncle lives in the country. The name of the village where he lives is Krasnoye. It is not far from the Volga. The village is not small, more than five thousand people live there.
In the village there is a big farm, its name is «Zarya». The office where the head of the farm works is near my uncle’s house.
In the centre of the village there is a large square. There is a small hotel on one side of the square with shops and a caf& near it. The club is on the other side, opposite the notel. The club has a big hall, where people see films and listen to concerts. There is a library in the club. In the evening the people of the village go to the club and have a good time there. Sometimes they have meetings there too. There are two schools in the village.
The houses in Krasnoye are new and modern. Some of them have two floors. There is gas and cold and hot water in every house.
There are a lot of trees and flowers in the yards and in the streets.
I like to be in this village.
42.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	Where do you live?
2.	Is your town (city) large?
3.	Is there a theatre in your town (city)?
4.	How many cinemas are there in your town (city)?
5.	Is your school far from your house?
one other sometimes country caf£ people floor live
174
6.	Are there parks and playgrounds in your town (city)?
7.	There are a lot of shops in your town (city), aren’t there?
8.	Is there a university or an institute in your town (city)?
9.	What do you do when you want to cross a street?
10.	What do you show your friends in your town (city) when they come to see you?
43.	Прочитайте и выучите стихотворение.
A Question
Edith Segal
Some people live in the country
Where the houses are very small, Some people live in the city
Where the houses are very tall.
But in the country where the houses are small. The gardens are very big,
And in the city where the houses are tall, There are no gardens at all. Where do you live?
▲ 44. а) Подготовьте описание вашего города.
б)	Перепишите текст, изменяя его так, чтобы в нем описывались события в прошлом.
After lessons he goes home and has his dinner. For dinner he has soup, and meat or fish, and some fruit. After dinner he goes for a walk or plays on the playground with his friends. Then he prepares his lessons. He reads texts and writes exercises. In the evening he watches TV, plays with his brother or reads books. At ten o’clock he goes to bed.
17S
45.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа о деревне и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы по рисунку.
46.	* Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	What is the name of your village?
2.	What is it like?
3.	How many people live in your village?
4.	Have you got a farm there?
5.	Who is the head of the farm?
6.	Where is the village school?
7.	Is there a club where you live?
8.	Where is your post-office?
47.	* Опишите ваш город.
48.	Прочитайте слова американской песни и выучите их.
The Bear Went Over the Mountain
The bear1 went over the mountain,2 The bear went over the mountain, The bear went over the mountain To see what he could3 see.
176
And all that he could see, And all that he could see Was the other side of the mountain. The other side of the mountain, The other side of the mountain Was all that he could see.
1 bear [Ьеэ] — медведь; 2 mountain j'mauntin] — гора; 3 could [kud] — мог
49.	Прочитайте и выполните задания. Объясните, чем обусловлено употребление артиклей в сказанных вами фразах.
1.	Look at your textbook and say where it is.
2.	Tell the class the names of the boy and the girl sitting near the teacher’s desk.
3.	You asked your friend to bring the newspaper of November 17. Ask him (her) if he (she) has brought it.
▲ 50. а) Подготовьте описание вашего села.
б)	Напишите 8 вопросов вашему другу о городе (селе), в котором он (она) живет.
CQ Прочитайте текст и выполните задание 10 Книги для чтения.
§ 12
51. Познакомьтесь с ситуациями и разыграйте их.
1.	A friend has come to see you. Say where you are going to take him (her) and what interesting places you can show him (her) in your town (village).
2.	You are going on a bus (tram, trolley-bus) in the centre of your town. Describe what you see out of the window.
52.* Опишите ваше село.
53.	Прочитайте шутки и скажите, которая из Них вам понравилась больше.
177
A Woman With a Dog
A woman with a dog got on a London bus one rainy day. It was a big dog and its feet were very dirty.1 The woman said, «Oh, conductor, if2 I pay for my dog, may he have a seat3 like the other people in the bus?
The conductor looked at the dog and answered, «Yes, of course, madam. He may have a seat like the other people if he does not put his feet on the seat.»
It Was Too Dark
Mother: I left two pieces of cake in the cupboard this morning, Johnny, and now there is only one piece there. Can you explain this?
Johnny: Well, I suppose it was so dark, Mummy, that I didn’t see the other piece.
1 dirty — грязный; 2 if — если; 3 seat — сиденье
54.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	Have you done your homework?
2.	Did you do your homework in the morning?
3.	What have you just done?
4.	Did you answer the teacher’s questions?
5.	I want to go to Moscow. Have you been there?
6.	Were you in Moscow last year?
7.	Have you had your breakfast?
8.	When did you have your breakfast?
§	13
55.	Прочитайте текст и изложите его содержание на английском языке.
A Physical Training Lesson
Му name is Philip. I have a dog and his name is Benjy.1 He is brown and not very big, but he has big long ears. In the morning Benjy and I and some
178
other children all meet in the yard of our house and then we go to school.
One morning our first lesson was physical training. It was warm in early autumn and we had our lesson on the sports ground. During the lesson we ran and jumped. At the end of the lesson we played games. The teacher watched -us, showed us our mistakes, corrected them and gave us marks.
In the middle of the lesson one of the exercises was to run around the sports ground. All my friends were good runners, I ran very well too. I knew I was the first sportsman in the class. My portrait hung on the wall near the gym door.
We ran very quickly. I ran in front of the other boys all the time. Soon I finished. My friends and I went to the teacher. We wanted to know our marks for this exercise. I wanted to hear the teacher say to me, «Very good. Your mark is five.» But the teacher looked down, picked Benjy up,2 held him above our heads and said to him, «Bravo!3 You are the first sportsman in the class.»
For me that was a very good lesson.
1 Benjy ['bendsi]; 2 pick [pik] up — пжцнять; 3 bravo ['bravou] — браво
ago adv	change v	modern a	soon adv
along prep	city n	museum n	theatre n
beautiful a	country n	office n	tram n
building n	cross V	pay v	trolley-bus n
buy, v	crossing n	post-office n	turning n
cate n	get on (off) v	quickly adv	way n
capital n	hotel n	shop n	wonderful n
centre n		square h	
179
56.	Проверьте себя. Вы должны уметь:
описывать школу, класс, школьные предметы, уроки, учебные занятия, занятия дома, отдых й зимние каникулы; описывать город, село, которые вы знаете и где вы живете, жизнь в городе и селе;
расспрашивать о школе, классе, школьных предметах, уроках, учебных занятиях, отдыхе и зимних каникулах, о городе и селе, о жизни в городе и селе;
используя различные варианты, выражать восхищение, поздравлять с празднованием 8 Марта, расспрашивать о пути следования;
сообщать о действиях и событиях, местонахождении людей и предметов в прошлом, спрашивать о таких действиях и событиях, о местонахождении людей и предметов, а также отрицать их;
понимать все это в речи собеседников, а также короткие тексты в исполнении учителя;
читать усвоенные устно слова;
читать короткие тематические тексты и диалоги, построенные на усвоенном устно материале, а также читать короткие рассказы и отрывки из произведений английских авторов, используя в случае необходимости словарь.
Раздел IV
Unit 7
§ 1
1.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	When did your spring holidays begin?
2.	You had a nice time during the holidays, didn’t you?
3.	What did you do during that time?
4.	Did you stay at home all the time?
5.	Where did you go?
6.	Did you like the films which you saw at the end of March?	'
7.	Who came to see you last week?
8.	What books did you read during the holidays?
2.	Прочитайте текст и расспросите соседа о его содержании.
Lena’s Birthday
Lena’s birthday is on the second of April, she is now twelve years old. «Сап I have a big cake for my birthday this year, Mum?» Lena asked. «Yes, I am going to make a big cake for you on Wednesday; Thursday is the second of April,» her mother answered.
Lena ran to school. She was happy. «Can you all come to my place on Thursday at four o’clock? Please do. You must come and have tea with me,» she said to her friends.
On Thursday Lena came home at half past one. She was very excited,1 so she did not eat much at dinner.
begin — began — begun have — had — had do — did — done
go — went — gone come — came — come read — read — read
181
After dinner she helped her mother to lay the table. She brought cups and spoons, and put them on the table. Then her mother put the cake in the middle of the table.
At four her friends came. They all live near Lena’s home. Two friends live next door. «Hello, Lena!» they said. «А happy birthday to you!» They brought presents for her. Lena showed them her new watch, a present from her father. «What time is it?» asked Alla, «It is twenty-five minutes past four,» Lena answered. «It isn’t right,» said Boris, «It is twenty-eight minutes past four by the clock.» «Which is right, Mother?» Lena asked. «Your new watch is right. Ask your friends to come to the table, Lena. Here is the knife;2 cut3 the cake, please.»
1 excited [ik'saitid] — взволнованная; 3 knife [naif] — нож; 3 cut [kAt] — резать
3.	Прочитайте фразы и опровергните утверждения или согласитесь с ними.
I.	It rained all day yesterday.
2.	The schoolchildren played football during the last break.
3.	You took a tram to go to school.
4.	Your friend made a mistake.
5.	You had a raincoat on.
6.	You were ill yesterday.
7.	It was yourt birthday yesterday.
▲ 4. а) Подготовьте рассказ о том, как вы отмечали день своего рожения.
б) Напишите три формы каждого глагола и прочитайте написанное.
to get. to rain, to do, to help, to make, to be, to put, to have, to go.
mother come one son month sometimes V	four brought door weather beautiful
friend fiel^ new few
182
5. Прочитайте текст и опишите приметы весны в ваших местах.
Spring
Spring is a beautiful season. It begins in March and ends in May. So March, April and May are spring months. There are places in our country where spring begins in April or in May, and it is cold in March there.
The weather is usually fine in spring. Sometimes it rains, but it is warm. Forests, fields and trees in parks, gardens and streets are green. There you can see white, red, blue and yellow flowers.
In spring farmers begin their work in the fields. There are a lot of tractors and other machines there.
After long winter months children like spring time. They play out in the yards and on the playgrounds.
6. Посмотрите на рисунки и расспросите соседа о весне и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.
I
I.
183
2.
7. Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	Have you been to Volgograd?
2.	Were you in Sochi during your holidays?
3.	When did you begin to do yourhomework yesterday?
4.	What books have you brought with you?
5.	What books did you read last week?
6.	Who said «Good-bye» when you left your house?
8. Прочитайте фразы и скажите, какой смысл, общий или конкретный, передается выделенными словами.
1. Let me have a book for a week. 2. Let me have the book for a week. 3. I am writing with chalk. 4. I am writing with the chalk. 5. The tea is too hot. 6. Do you like tea or milk with your cake?
I. Конкретный смысл. II. Общий смысл.
▲ 9. а) Прочитайте английские пословицы и подберите к ним соответствующие русские.
О
be — was, were — been begin — began — begun bring — brought — brought
read — read — read say — said — said
184
1.	Promise1 little, do much.
2.	As the tree, so2 the fruit.
3.	Never3 put off till4 tomorrow what you can do today.
1 promise ['promis] — обещать; 2 as ... so — как ... так;
3 never [’neva] — никогда; 4 till — до
б) Напишите три формы каждого глагола и прочитайте написанное.
to come, to sit, to lay, to give, to see, to learn, to copy, to bring, to stand.
Прочитайте текст и выполните задание 11 Книги для чтения.
§ 3
10.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	When did spring begin where you live this year?
2.	Is it usually cold or warm in spring where you live?
3.	Does it often rain or snow in April?
4.	Is there any snow on the ground?
5.	Are there flowers in April where you live?
6.	Are trees green at this time of the year?
7.	What is the weather like now?
8.	Why do you like spring?
11.	Прочитайте и выполните задание.
A. Say what you usually do on Sundays: when you get up, when you have your breakfast, where you go in the morning, how you help your parents, what games you play with your friends, what you see on TV and what you do in the evening.
• B. Say what you did during your spring holidays: when they began, where you went for walks, what films you saw, what games you played, what books you read, what clubs or parties you had at school.
185
C. Say what you have done in the classroom today: where you have sat, what you have said, what you have read.
12.	Прочитайте фразы и объясните, чем обусловлено употребление определенного артикля с выделенными словами.
1.	Last summer the Stogov family went to Sochi. 2. Bring the dishes from the kitchen, please. 3. Have you done the exercises? 4. The coffee is cold. 5. Put the portrait on the right-hand wall above the wall newspaper. 6. Did you like the film?
I. Указание на объект. И. Ссылка на известное. III. Дополнительная конкретизация.
▲ 13. а) Подготовьте описание весны в ваших местах.
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя, где нужно, артикли, и прочитайте написанное.
1. ... teacher is going to give you ... good mark. 2. Take ... duster and clean ... blackboard! 3. There are ... lot of ... parks and ... gardens in our town. 4. ... club is in ... centre of ... village. 5. ... name of ... farm is «Pobeda». 6. I have got ... interesting book for you.
§ 4
14.	Прочитайте. Сформулируйте правила образования Future Indefinite. (См. ГС XIII 1)
I shall go for a walk. You will come tomorrow. We shall be glad to see They will have a party next
week.
you on Sunday.
О
get — got — got
begin — began — begun go — went — gone
see — saw — seen
read — read — read have — had — had do — did — done sit — sat — sat
186
I shall ring you tomorrow. He will help you with your homework.
We shall have holidays next month. It will rain soon.
Come tomorrow
15.	Прочитайте фразы. Объясните употребление вспомогательного глагола shall и will.
1.	I shall prepare dinner next time.
2.	You will live with your grandmother for a month.
3.	It will be Tuesday tomorrow.
4.	She will meet you at the corner of the street near the cinema.
5.	He will take you home after lessons.
6.	We shall be ready at two o’clock.
7.	They will go to the camp this summer.
16.	Прочитайте текст и скажите, что будет делать мальчик в воскресенье.
On Sunday
It will be Sunday tomorrow and I shall be at home. I shall sleep up to eight o’clock, and then I shall do morning exercises, wash and dress myself.
Mother asked me to help her about the house, and after breakfast we shall clean the rooms. I shall dust the sofa and the chairs, and sweep the floor in all the rooms. Mother will brush clothes and prepare dinner.
187
After that my parents and I shall go out for a walk in the park, which is near our block of flats. Then I shall go to the library and take a book of poems1 by A. S. Pushkin. I like to read Pushkin’s poems.
After dinner my friend Dima will come to me, and we shall play chess.2
In the evening they will show an interesting film or a concert on TV and I shall watch TV.
1 poem ['pouim] — стихотворение; 2 chess [ties] — шахматы
17.	Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа о жизни ребят в летнем лагере и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.
188
3.
▲ 18. а) Прочитайте глаголов shall
фразы и объясните употребление в них и will.
I. You will like the new film. 2. We shall have supper at eight o’clock. 3. It will snow in the evening. 4. They will leave next Saturday. 5. He will stay at home all day. 6. I shall finish the book tomorrow. 7. She will show you our school.
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя глагол shall или will, и прочитайте написанное.
1. I ... get up early tomorrow morning. 2. It ... rain soon. 3. Nina Serova ... take part in our concert. 4. His birthday ... be on the 27th of August. 5. We ... sing a lot of songs about our country at the camp-fire.
6. They ... go to the village on their summer holidays.
§ 5
19.	Прочитайте. Сформулируйте правила образования отрицательной формы. (См. ГС XIII 2)
I shall have soup for dinner. I shall not drink coffee.
breakfast ready pleasure weather floor mother month friend
189
We shall walk to the centre of the town.
You will see the film on TV next week.
He well be here in a minute.
We shall not take a trolley-bus.
You will not go to the cinema.
He will not be late.
The weather will be fine. It will not rain.
They will wear raincoats or carry umbrellas.
to the camp •
go to the camp «
They will not put on warm coats and hats.
I	shall go
I	shall | not |
shall + not = shan't
to the camp
to the camp
won't
20.	Прочитайте фразы.
1.	It will not snow tomorrow.
2.	I shall not play in the street any more.
3.	You will not have any lessons on Saturday.
4.	She will not understand you.
5.	We shall not read the text at the next lesson.
6.	They will not like to go out in this weather.
7.	We shall have no party tomorrow.
8.	There will be no concert on Saturday.
21.	Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок. Обратите- внимание на написание сокращенных форм.
It will be fine tomorrow. They will live there a month.
She will show you the way to the library.
It’ll be fine tomorrow.
They’ll live there a month.
She’ll show you the way to the library.
190
We shay not go to the country next summer.
The concert wilt not take place in the club. They, will not be late for the lesson.
We shall go to the country next summer.
The concert won’t take place in the club.
They won’t be late for the lesson.
22.	Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на значение и употребление в них выделенных слов.
camp:	The family made camp by the river. They camped in the forest not far from the river. In the evening there was a camp-fire.
birthday [*ba:0dei]:	My grandfather’s birthday is on the twenty-first'Of July. We had a birthday party last Sunday. I got a very nice birthday present.
spring:	Spring is a beautiful season, I like spring very ipuch. April is a spring month. (	'
next [nekst]:	I shall see you next week. Who is next?
duty [*dju:tj]:'	We are on duty today. What are your duties? My duty is to sweep the floor and to water the flowers.
▲ 23. а) Прочитайте фразы и исправьте утверждения.
1.	You will be sixteen next year.
2.	It will be eleven o’clock when you finish your lesson.
3.	Your parents will work this Saturday.
4.	It will snow tomorrow.
5.	You will be in the eighth form next year.
6.	You will learn either French or German next year.
б)	Опровергните утверждения и прочитайте написанное.
• 1. They will go to the river to swim. 2. She will get off at the next stop. 3. We shall cross the street near the turning. 4. It will be Monday tomorrow. 5. You will be late. 6. I shall eat cake and drink milk.
191
СО Прочита
йте текст и выполните задание 12 Книги для чтения.
§ 6
24.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответы. Сформулируйте правила образования вопросительных форм. (См. ГС XIII 3)
Shall we go for a walk? No, we shan’t [Ja:nt].
Shall I have tea or coffee for breakfast? You will have coffee.
What will you do at three o’clock tomorrow? I shall go to the library.
Where will he stay? He will stay at the hotel.
Will there be a meeting today? Yes, there will.
You will have five lessons next Friday, won’t you?
Yes, we shall.
Who will go to the theatre? I shall.
He will
to the camp
Will
he
go
to the camp
Where
25.	Прочитайте фразы и объясните образование вопросительной формы.
1.	Shall we have English or Russian tomorrow? We shall have neither Russian nor English.
2.	It won’t rain today, will it? No, it won’t.
3.	Shall I live in a tent? Yes, you will.
4.	How shall I get to the post-office? You will take a Number Five tram.
192
5.	They will have a party, won’t they? Yes, they will.
6.	Who will sing at the concert? I shall.
7.	What will there be at the holiday meeting? There will be a report.
8.	When will the children have physical training? They will have P. T. on Monday.
9.	Who will go to the library? We shall.
10.	Who will you go to the cinema with? I shall go to the cinema with my friend.
26.	Прочитайте текст и опишите жизнь в летнем лагере.
At the Summer Camp
Next summer Boris and Lena will go to a summer camp. They will live in tents or in houses near a forest and a small river.
The children will get up early in the morning, do their morning exercises on the playground and wash themselves in the river.
The boys and girls will have their duties in the camp. Some will help to prepare breakfast, dinner and supper, others will bring water. Some will look after the camp library, others will look after the wall newspaper. Boys and girls will make their beds and clean their tents.
Not far from the camp there is a farm.
The farm has a good garden with fruit-trees and the children will help to pick fruit in the garden.
In the morning and in the afternoon the children will go to the river to swim. Some boys and girls can swim very well. Others will learn to swim. The children will go for many walks in the forest. They will play games and go in for sport.
early learn ready breakfast f	other another front sometimes young
give live river friend fruit
7 Зак. 153
193
In the evening there will sometimes be a camp-fire. The children will dance, play games and sing songs by the camp-fire.
The summer camp will be very interesting.
1 always J’xlwaz] — всегда
27.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответы и задайте аналогичные вопросы соседу.
Shall I read? — Do, please.
Shall I ask questions? — Do, please.
Shall I answer the questions? — Do, please.
Shall I begin? — Do, please.
Shall I go on? — Do, please.
Shall I write the exercise? — Do, please.
Shall l open the window? — Do, please.
Shall I clean the blackboard? — Do, please.
▲ 28. а) Подготовьте рассказ о том, что вы делали в лагере прошлым летом.
б) Перепишите предложения, употребляя краткую отрицательную форму глаголов shall, will. Прочитайте написанное.
Образец'. I shall eat some bread and butter. — I shan’t eat any bread and butter.
1. I shall not have supper. 2. He will not get up early on Sunday. 3. We shall not stay at home on the 9th of May. 4. I shall not sing this song. 5. She will not go to the concert. 6. They will be glad to see you.
§ 7
29. Прочитайте, сопоставляя фразы левой и правой колонок, и обратите внимание на различия в их построении. (См. ГС XIV)
194
Will you pass me the salt? Will you tell me the homework?
Will you have some more soup?
Will you have another cup of coffee?
Will you pass me the bread?
Pass me the salt, will you? Sit down, will you?
Open the window, will you?
Come here, won’t you?
Help me to clean the room, won’t you?
30. Посмотрите на рисунки и прочитайте текст. Обратите внимание на типичные ситуации, в которых употребляется неопределенный артикль. (См. ГС XIV)
Little girl: What’s that? Boy: It’s a mushroom.
Little girl: What time is it?
Boy: It’s a quarter to two.
IV. Называние объекта. V. Указание количества.
31.‘ Прочитайте фразы и скажите, почему употреблен неопределенный артикль с выделенными словами.
1. Father will be here in a minute. 2. We shall buy a colour TV set soon. 3. A week has seven days. 4. My 7*	195
father is a tractor driver. 5. Boris took a bag and went out. 6. Give me a glass of milk. 7. There are twelve months in a year. 8. There is a summer camp near the river.
▲ 32. а) Подготовьте вопросы о лагере, куда вы поедете летом, и о жизни в этом лагере.
б) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте написанное.
I.	They will be at the caf6 at 5. (When ...)
2.	I shall show the way to the workshop. (Who ...)
3.	The teacher will give Kostya a good mark. (What mark ...)
4.	Oleg will help Misha with his English. (Who ...)
5.	The weather will be bad. (What ...)
6.	We shall meet near the post-office. (Where ...)
§ 8
33.	Прочитайте фразы, обозначающие приказания и вежливые просьбы, и используйте аналогичные просьбы в речи.
Everyday Sentences
Come here.
Sit down.
Show me the way.
Tell me the time.
Bring me a piece of chalk.
Put on your warm coat.
Read the text.
Come here, please.
Please, sit down.
Will you show me the way?
Will you, please, tell me the time? Will you bring me a piece of chalk, please?
Won’t you put your warm coat on?
Read the text, will you?
196
34.	Прочитайте диалог в лицах и, опираясь на него, побеседуйте с соседом о поездке летом в лагерь.
Conversation Between Two Friends
Lena: Hello, Valya. Are you going to a summer camp this year?
Valya: Yes, I’ll go next month. Are you going too? Lena: Yes, but I’ll go in August. Where will your camp be? Valya: Our camp will be near a village not far from the town. We’ll live near a forest and a river.
Lena: I’m going to a camp in a forest.
Valya: That will be fine! Our camp will be interesting too. We’ll go for walks in the forest and we’ll swim in the river. The water in the river will be warm.
Lena: We’ll play ball or table tennis and the boys will play football. I think we’ll like our camp.
Valya: Yes, I think we shall too.
35.	Прочитайте слова песни и выучите их.
In the Merry Month of May
In the merry* month of May
All the violets2 are gay.3
They all dance, and sing, and say,
Winter days are far away,4
Winter days are far away, Welcome,5 welcome, merry May.
In the merry month of May All the little birds6 are gay They all dance, and sing, and say, Winter days are far away. Winter days are far away Welcome, welcome, merry May.
In the merry month of May All the children are so gay. They all play, and sing, and say, Winter days are far away. Winter days are far away Welcome, welcome, merry May.
197
1 merry — веселый; 2 violet ['vaialit] — фиалка; 3 gay — радостный; 4 far away — зд. позади; 5 welcome ['welkom] — добро пожаловать; 6 bird — птица
▲ 36. а) Подготовьте описание летнего лагеря, в который поедут Лена и Валя (см. упр. 35), дополнив описание деталями.
б) Напишите приказания в виде вежливых просьб и прочитайте их.
1. Bring a piece of chalk. 2. Speak English. 3. Turn the page over. 4. Answer his questions. 5. Hang the map on the wall. 6. Read the text.
CQ Прочитайте текст и выполните задание 13 Книги для чтения.
§ 9
37. Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на значение выделенных слов в предложениях. (См. ГС XV)
This is a brush.
«Misha, brush your hair.»
live river young month field fruit
198
This is a bus.
This is a bus stop.
«Tanya, open the window.» The window is open.
38. Прочитайте фразы и скажите, что означают выделенные в них слова.
I. At the end of the lesson the teacher gave us homework. Our lessons end at half past one. 2. The trolley-bus stopped at the trolley-bus stop near the hotel, and the people got on the trolley-bus. 3. In the evening my father reads the evening newspaper. 4. There is a table lamp standing on the table. 5. The blackboard isn’t clean. Clean it. 6. Vitya, turn off the electric light, it’s light in the room.
▲ 39. а) Подготовьте рассказ о своем пребывании в лагере будущим летом.
б) Напишите по образцу аналогичные предложения о событиях в будущем времени. Прочитайте написанное.
Образец: She is going to live in a camp in the summer. — She will live in a camp in the summer.
199
1. He is going to wear his warm coat. 2. We are going to learn new subjects next year. 3. It is going to rain soon. 4. They are going to live in Novosibirsk. 5. You are going to take part in the school concert. 6. I am going to introduce my friend to you.
§ 10
40. Прочитайте и выучите стихотворение.
The Swing
R. I. Stevenson How do you want to go in a swing1. Up in the air2 so blue?
Oh, I do think it a pleasantest thing Ever a child can do.
Up in the air and over the wall. Till I can see so wide,3 Rivers and trees and cattle4 and all Over the country-side5 — Till I look down on the garden green, Down on the roof6 so brown —
Up in the air I go flying7 again, Up in the air and down.
1 swing — качели; 2 air [еэ] — воздух; 3 wide — широкий; 4 cattle — стадо; 5 country-side fkAntri said) — сельская местность; 6 roof — крыша; 7 fly — летать.
41. Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы из него узнали.
The English Country-side
England is much smaller than Russia. No town in England is very far from the sea. It does not take more than two or three hours to get to the seaside from any place in England.
In England there are no high mountains, no long rivers, and no very large forests.
England has many large towns, it is never far
200
from one English town to the next. Near the large towns there are many plants and factories. In the centre of England there are many large metal plants.1 This part of England is called the Black Country.
But between the towns the country-side is green nearly all the year round. Very little snow falls in England, but there is very much rain. In May, June, July and August there are many sunny days.
English farms are not large. The fields are like small squares of light green, dark green, yellow and brown. Between the fields there are low fences2 or green hedges.3
In the villages you can see flowers in the gardens in front of the houses nine or ten months in the year and vegetables grow in the kitchen gardens from March or April to October.
The south of England is very beautiful. Here you see not only yellow and green fields and meadows4 with numbers of sheep and cows. There are many orchards5 too, where fruit-trees grow.
The English country-side is very beautiful in spring.
1 metal plant [’metl’plant] — металлургический завод; 2 fence — забор, ограда; 3 hedge — живая изгородь; 4 meadow ['medou] — луг; 5 orchard (*o:tjad] — фруктовый сад.
42.	Опишите местность, где вы живете, сравнив ее с тем, что вы прочитали об Англии.
43.	Прочитайте английские пословицы и поговорки и подберите к ним соответствующие русские.
1.	A good beginning makes a good ending.
2.	An hour in the morning is worth1 two in the evening.
one done other young country learn head people live river build
201
3.	As you make your bed, so you must lie on it.
4.	Better2 late than never.3
' worth [wa:9] — стоящий; 2 better — лучше; 3 never ['neva) — никогда
▲ 44. а) Подготовьте короткое сообщение о том, где вы будете летом и что вы там будете делать.
б)	Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	We shall sleep in tents. (Where ...)
2.	They will not stay in town in July. (Will ...)
3.	The children will play, and run, and jump during the break. (What ...)
4.	The water is too cold and we shall not swim in the river. (Why ...)
5.	There will be a camp-fire there. (Will ...)
6.	I shall write a letter to my friend. (Who ...)
45. Расспросите соседа, где он (она) будет летом, какова там природа, и что он (она) будет делать там.
§ 11
45.	Прочитайте басню Эзопа и перескажите ее.
The Town Mouse and the Country Mouse (A Story from Aesop1)
A country mouse lived in a field. A mouse from the town came to see the country mouse. The country mouse gave the town mouse dinner, but the town mouse did not like his dinner.
come — came — come see — saw — seen give — gave — given
say — said — said go — went — gone eat — ate — eaten
202
«Му friend,» he said, «in town we have got much nicer food2 than this. You must come and see where I live. I’ll give you all kinds of good things to eat.»
The town mouse and the country mouse went to town. When they came to a big house the town mouse said, «I live here. Come and see my house.»
They went into a big room. There was a long table in it. «You can eat anything you like,» said the town mouse.
On the table the country mouse saw plates of bread and butter. There was a large cake in the middle of the table and a lot of other tasty3 things.
«We must eat quickly,» said the town mouse. «There is a cat here.»
«No, thank you,» said the country mouse. «I am going home. This house is not for me. My house is small, and my food is not very good, but I am happy in the field with all my family and no cat can eat me.»
1 Aesop f'ksop] — Эзоп;2 food — пища; 3 tasty ['teisti] — вкусный.
46.	Прочитайте стихотворение и скажите, в чем удача девочек.
Kitty and Betty
Kitty’s house is in the country, Betty’s house is in the city. Kitty likes to stay with Betty, Betty likes to stay with Kitty. Betty likes the country best,1 Kitty likes the busy2 city. That is quite3 a lucky4 thing For Betty and for Kitty.
wonderful some front other one love
f	young country brought
weather ready great people
203
1 best — больше всего; 2 busy [’bizi] — деловой; 3 quite [kwait]— в самом деле; 4 lucky — удачный
47.	Прочитайте шутки и скажите, которая из них вам понравилась больше.
Jokes
Have You Got a Handkerchief?
One morning a boy went to school in London by bus. He had a bad cold1 and sniffed2 all the time. The people began to look at him. An old man sat next to the boy. He looked at the boy then asked him: «Have you a handkerchief,3 my boy?»
«Yes, I have a clean handkerchief,» said the boy, «but I can’t let you have it. Mother says it is not good to ask for a handkerchief. You must have your own4 handkerchief.»
Arithmetic,5 Apples and Oranges6
Big sister: I’ll help you with your arithmetic, Bobby.
Suppose, I have ten oranges and give you two. How many shall 1 have then?
Bobby: 1 don’t know. In my class we do arithmetic with apples.
1 cold — простуда; 2 sniff — сопеть, дергать носом; 3 handkerchief-['hseQkatJif] — носовой платок; 4 your own (ounj — ваш собственный; 5 arithmetic (a'ri0matik| — арифметика; 6 orange ['orindj] — апельсин.
48. Познакомьтесь с ситуациями и разыграйте их.
I. The telephone rings. It is your school friend who has been ill. He (she) asks you what lessons you had and what homework you have for tomorrow. Make a conversation about this.
2. You go to see a friend and speak foith him (her) about what you and he (she) will do on Sunday. Make a conversation about this.
204
49. Прочитайте фразы и объясните, чем обусловлено употребление неопределенного артикля с выделенными словами.
1. What a wonderful day it was! 2. There are four seasons in a year. 3. She stayed for a week in the country. 4. Please take a pencil and a piece of paper and write down the address. 5. Lena sees Kolya, a boy from her class. 6. I have a book with pictures of our town.
IV. Называние объекта. V. Указание количества.
▲ 50. а) Прочитайте слова песни и выучите их.
The More We Get Together
The more1 we get together,2 Together, together, The more we get together The happier3 we’ll be.
For4 your friends are my friends, And my friends are your friends.
The more we get together The happier we’ll be.
1 the more [тэ:] — чем больше; 2 get together [ta'ge&a] — сплотиться; 3 happier [’hjepia] — счастливее; 4 for —(зд.) потому что
б)	Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные в скобках, в нужной форме. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	The children ... and ... in the river when they were at the camp, (to swim, to play)
2.	... you ... off at the next stop? (to get)
3.	When the traffic light is green, the people ... the street, (to cross)
• 4. The girl ... and ... Russian songs at the concert in the club last Saturday, (to dance, to sing)
5. We ... part in the concert on the 9th of May. (to take)
205
Прочитайте тексты и выполните задание 14 Книги для
чтения.
§ 12
51.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
I.	Are you going to stay in town?
2.	Do you want to go to a summer camp?
3.	What will you do in the summer camp?
4.	Do you like to swim in the river?
5.	Do you like to pick fruit?
6.	What will your duties be in summer?
7.	Will you play games, sing songs and dance in the camp?
8.	Will you go to work on a farm?
52.	Прочитайте шутки и скажите, которая из них вам понравилась больше.
Jokes
On the Double*
One day a man came to a hotel to stay there for a week.
«What’s your name?» asked the girl at the desk.
«Spell it, please.»
«О, double T, I, double U, E, double L, double —»
«Just a minute. Begin again, please.» The man began again:
«О, double T, I, double U —»
«I’m sorry. What’s your name?»
«My name is Ottiwell Wood. Spelled O, double T, I, double U, E, double L, double U, double O, D.»
They Helped Their Mother
In the evening. Mother was away visiting2 her sister, who was ill. When Father came home from his work the three children were at the door.
206
«What did you all do after your dinner?» he asked the children.
«I washed the dinner plates,» said Ann.
«And I wiped3 them!» said Jane proudly.4 Father turned to his son.
«And you, John, what did you do?»
«1 picked up the pieces,» said John gravely.
1 double [МлЫ] — двойное количество; 2 visit ['vizit] — посещать; 3 wipe — вытирать; 4 proudly — гордо; 5 gravely — мрачно
53.	Познакомьтесь с ситуациями и разыграйте их.
1.	You come home and tell your parents what lessons you had and what homework you have for the next day.
2.	You ask if you may go for a walk and say where you will go and how.
54.	Прочитайте фразы и укажите значение выделенных слов.
1.	Today we are going to have history. I must take my history book. 2. We went to see the school doctor. 3. She works a lot to look after the family, and then she has her work at the town hospital. 4. The town was small, but there were a lot of gardens and squares in it. 5. She likes modern dances and she dances very well.
▲ 55. а) Подготовьте, опираясь на вопросы упр. 53, описание того, как вы предполагаете провести лето.
б) Напишите ответы на вопросы.
1. What аге you going to be? 2. When will you leave  school? 3. What did you do last Saturday? 4. What time is it now? 5. What marks do you get for literature?
6. What day will it be tomorrow? 7. Where have you been this morning? 8. What are you doing?
207
air n	forest	n
camp n	go in	for	v
country n	hill n
dance v,	n	mountain	n
fire n
next a	song n
pick v	swim v
plant n	tent n
river n	tomorrow adv
sing v	wide a
Unit 8
§ 1
1.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	What date is today?
2.	What is the weather like today?
3.	How many lessons have you had today?
4.	Have you had the Victory Day* holidays or are you going to have them?
5.	Was there a concert before Victory Day at your school?
6.	What can you see in your town (village) before Victory Day?
1 Victory Day — День Победы.
2.	Прочитайте текст и ответьте на поставленные вопросы.
Victory Day
In Russia and other countries Victory Day, or the 9th of May, is one of the great holidays of the year. It is the holiday of all people.
In all the towns there are decorations, flags, and slogans 1 in the streets, in the shop windows and on the front of large buildings.
On Victory Day morning there are meetings and
!
one other front country great theatre people
208
demonstrations of the veterans2 who fought in the Great Patriotic War.
On that day there usually is military parade3 in all big cities of our country.
There are a lot of people in the streets and squares, at theatres, cinemas and concert halls. They are all celebrating their holiday. Many people go to see their friends or go for walks in the parks or forests.
1 slogan ['slougan] — лозунг, 2 veteran — ветеран, 3 parade — парад.
1.	Which is one of the great holidays in our country?
2.	How do people prepare for Victory Day?
3.	How do people decorate the streets for Victory day?
4.	How do people celebrate Victory Day?
5.	Where do people go in the evening?
3. Посмотрите на рисунок, расспросите соседа о праздновании 9 Мая и ответьте на его вопросы.
4. Прочитайте фразы и обратите внимание на употребление
выделенных слов.
great [greit], big [big], large [Icvds]: Russia is a great country. The 9th of May is a great holiday. You are a big boy. He has a large family. There was a large square in the centre of the town.
209
take part [’teik’pat], take place [’teik ’pleis]: They took part in the concert.
Take your place, please. The school ball took place on the 9th of May.
before [bi’fo:]: We had a party before the 30th of April. It was Wednesday the day before yesterday.
▲ 5. а) Подготовьте описание празднования 9 Мая в вашем городе (селе).
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя глаголы say, tell, talk, speak в нужных формах. Прочитайте написанное.
I. She ... for ten minutes at the meeting yesterday. 2. He ... that the water was very warm. 3. Don’t ... Russian at your English lessons. 4. The friends are ... about football. 5. Don’t ... during lessons. 6. ... the students we shall have an English lesson tomorrow. 7. His mother ... to him, «Don’t be late for school.» 8. Can you ... me how to get to the museum?
§ 2
6.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	How did you celebrate Victory Day?
2.	Did you have the Victory Day meeting?
3.	Was there a concert after the meeting?
4.	What was there in the streets on Victory Day?
5.	Did you watch the veterans parade in Moscow on TV?
6.	What did you do on Victory Day evening?
7.	Who did you congratulate on Victory Day?
8.	When will you celebrate another holiday this year?
7.	Прочитайте и выполните задания:
I)	Опишите празднование 9 Мая в вашем городе (селе).
।	front wonderful sometimes young
	already few people
210
2)	Расспросите вашего друга, как он (она) провел (а) майские праздники.
8.	Познакомьтесь с ситуациями и разыграйте их.
1.	You go for a walk in your town (village) on May the 8th in the evening. Tell your small brother (sister) what you see.
2.	On Victory Day morning you are dressing your small sister (brother). She (he) asks you about the holiday.
3.	You are describing to your friend what you saw on TV on Victory Day.
9.	Расскажите о распорядке дня в летних лагерях.
▲ 10. а) Подготовьте краткое описание времен года в вашей местности.
б)	Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные в скобках, в нужной форме. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	On the eighth of May we ... decorations, illuminations, flags, placards and slogans on the buildings (to see).
2.	There ... a lot of cities in our country, (to be)
3.	... you ... the concert on TV? I like it very much, (to see)
4.	We ... a concert in our school hall before Victory Day. (to have)
5.	I ... not ... part in the concert, I was ill. (to take) Прочитайте текст и выполните задание 15 Книги для чтения.
§ 3
II.	Прочитайте текст и опишите летние школьные каникулы. Summer
Summer is a fine season. The days in summer are .long, the nights are short. The weather is fine. Sometimes it rains, sometimes it is hot.
Summer brings holidays to schoolchildren, they do not go to school. In summer some schoolchildren 211
will go to camps, others will stay in town or in villages.
Those who go to summer camps will have a good time. They will live near a forest or a river. They will go for walks in the forest, fish and swim in the river, play games, sit at the camp-fire in the evening and sing songs.
Those who stay in town will help their parents, look after small children, read books, play games, go for walks in parks, go to the cinema and theatre.
All the children are happy to have summer holidays.
12.	Прочитайте диалоги о погоде в лицах. Разыграйте с соседом аналогичные диалоги.
Short Conversations
A Talk on Weather
1.	«Good morning. How are you?»
«Good morning. I’m all right, thank you. What about you?»
«I’m fine, thanks. It’s a nice day today, isn’t it?» «Yes, the sun in shining 1 brightly, and there are no clouds in the sky 2.»
«I like sunny weather.»
2.	«Look out of the window. What’s the weather like?» «Well, it’s dark and cloudy. It looks like rain.» «Put your raincoat on and take your umbrella.» «All right».
3.	«Hello. What nasty3 weather we are having.» «Yes, it’s raining cats and dogs4. I’m afraid. I’ll get wet through 5» «Let’s take a bus then.» «Hurry up. It’s coming.»
have — had — had take — took — taken go — went — gone
see — saw — seen meet — met — met speak — spoke — spoken
212
4.	«I say, Ann. What’s the weather going to be like?». «It’s cold and windy. I think it’s going to snow.» «What does the thermometer6 say?
«It’s 10 degrees 7 below8 zero9.»
1 shine — светить; 1 2 sky — небо; 3 nasty [’ncusti]— скверный; 4 rain cats and dogs — лить как из ведра (о дожде); 5 wet through [Oru:] — мокрый насквозь;6 thermometer [6э:'тэтйэ] — термометр; degree [di'gri:] — градус; 8 below [bi'lou] — ниже (above [э’Ьлу] — выше); 9 zero — ['ziarou) — нуль.
13.	Прочитайте и выучите стихотворение.
Clouds
White sheep, white sheep On a blue hill.
When the wind stops You all stand still.1
You walk far away When the winds blow. White sheep, white sheep, Where do you go?
1 still — неподвижно, спокойно.
14.	Прочитайте вопросы о Дне Победы и ответьте на них.
1.	What holiday do people in our country celebrate on the 9th of May?
2.	When did the Great Patriotic 1 War2 begin?
3.	When did in end?
4.	How long did the Great Patriotic War last?
5.	What great battles 3 in this war do you know?
6.	Do you know heroes of the Great Patriotic War?
7.	Did your grandparents take part in the Great Patriotic War?
• 8. How do people celebrate Victory Day?
1 patriotic [.patri'otik] — патриотический, отечественный,
2 war [wo:] — война; 3 battle — битва.
213
▲ 15. а) Подготовьте описание того, как вы провели 9 мая — День Победы.
б) Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные в скобках, в нужной форме. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	Look! The war veterans ... a meeting in the park, (to have)
2.	... you ... to listen to a good concert of Russian songs, (to like)
3.	When ... you ... me? (to ring)
4.	It ... all day yesterday, (to rain)
5.	I ... not at home when you rang me up. (to be)
6.	When ... your summer holidays ...? (to begin)
§ 4
16.	Прочитайте и выполните задания.
1)	Расскажите, как праздновался День Победы в вашем городе (селе).
2)	Опишите, как отмечался этот день в вашей школе.
3)	Расспросите, как ваш друг провел 9 мая.
17.	Прочитайте слова, сопоставьте их и сформулируйте правило об образовании прилагательных от существительных с по* мощью суффикса.
wind — windy sun — sunny cloud — cloudy
rain — rainy snow — snowy storm — stormy
18.	Прочитайте и выучите стихотворение.
The Weather
by Cecil Spring-Rice
When the weather is wet 1 We must not fret.2 When the weather is cold We must not scold 3.
214
When the weather is warm We must not storm.4 But be joyful 5 together 6 Whatever7 the weather.
•wet — сырой; 2 fret — раздражаться; 3 scold [skould] — браниться; 4 storm — горячиться, кричать; 5 joyful —радостный; 6 together [(э'дебэ] — вместе; 7 whatever [wot'eva] — какой бы ни.
19.	Прочитайте шутки и скажите, какая из них вам больше понравилась.
The Old Indian 1
One day two tourists2 came to a part of America where they did not see people for many days. At last they met an old Indian. He know everything about the forest, the animals living in it, the weather and many other things. He could speak English.
«Can you tell us what the weather will be like during the next few days?» one of the tourists asked him.
«Oh, yes,» he said. Rain is coming and wind. Then there will be snow for a day or two, but then the sun will come again and the weather will be fine. It will be very warm.
«These old Indians didn't go to school but they know more than we do,» said the man to his friend. Then he turned to the old Indian.
«How do you know all that?» he asked. The Indian answered, «I heard it on the radio».
The Telegraph and Radio.
A little boy asked his brother, a big boy of eleven, about the telegraph and the radio.
«How does the telegraph work?».
«Oh ... well, like a long, long dog. When you step 3 on his tail 4 in New York, he barks 5 in Washington.»
215
«Then how does the radio work?»
«Oh, its just the same , only without the dog.»
1 Indian findjan] — индеец; 2 tourist ['tuaristj — турист;
3 step — наступить; 4 tail — хвост; 5 bark — лаять.
▲ 20. а) Прочитайте английские пословицы и поговорки и подберите к ним соответствующие русские.
1.	Make hay 1 while the sun shines.
2.	It never rains but it pours2.
3.	Rain at seven, fine at eleven.
4.	After rain comes fair3 weather.
1 hay — сено; 2 pour [рэ:] — литься (как из ведра); 3 fair [fca] — ясный и солнечный.
б)	Напишите ответы на вопросы.
1.	When did we celebrate Women’s Day?
2.	Will you be at home at four o’clock?
3.	You weren’t late for your lessons, were you?
4.	What is your mother doing?
5.	What does your teacher say when she (he) comes into the classroom?
6.	What are you going to do in the evening?
§ 5
21. Посмотрите на рисунки, расспросите соседа об изображенном и ответьте на его (ее) вопросы.
216
2.
22.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	Where do you live?
2.	What is your address?
3.	Is your family a large one?
4.	What are your parents?
5.	Have you a house or a flat?
6.	How many rooms have you?
7.	What is there in your living-room?
8.	How do you help your parents?
9.	Who are your friends?
10.	What do you do when they come to see you?
11.	What do you do in the evening when you have done your homework?
12.	What time do you usually go to bed?
217
23.	Прочитайте рассказ (первую часть) и скажите, о чем в нем говорится.
Betty Bunter
Part I
In the picture you can see Betty Bunter, an English schoolgirl, in her school uni-form:1 a blue hat, a white shirt, a dark blue blazer with her scholl badge on the pocket, a dark blue skirt and black stockings and shoes. JJRHB
Betty is a good student, she learns her lessons well, but she is often inatten- |ЮИ Ж tive.2 She does not always think before she   says or does something.3	I I
One day, Betty had English, mathe- ® matics and history at school in the morning and sports
in the afternoon. Her mother prepared her sports clothes and Betty put out her books for school and put her sports clothes into her bag.
At the beginning of the English lesson, the teacher said, «Take your English books and open them at page twenty.-three.» Betty opened her school-bag and took out her white sports shoes. All the children laughed.4
Another day, Betty’s mother said to her, «Betty, go and get some bread for tea.» Betty ran out into the street where the shops were. Then she thought, «What did Mum want me to get?» She looked to the right and saw a milk shop. «Oh yes, milk for tea,» she said. And she went in and got a bottle of milk.
«Oh, Betty!» said her mother when she came home. «Can’t you pay attention to5 what I say? I wanted you to get some bread for tea!»
«Oh, well,» said Betty, «we must have milk for tea too.»
1 uniform ['ju:nifo:mj — форма; inattentive [jna'tentiv] — невнимательная; 3 something ['sAmOir)] — что-либо; 4 laugh [laifj—смеяться; 5 pay attention [a'tenjn] (to) — обращать внимание (на)
218
24.	Прочитайте и отгадайте загадки.
1. When I eat, I live But when I drink I die.1 What am I?
2. No need 2 for brush, No need for broom,3 It is used 4 a lot To clean the room.
1 die — умирать; 2 need — нужда, 3 broom — метла; is used [ju:zd] — используется, употребляется
▲ 25. а) Подготовьте описание того, как ваша семья провела прошлое лето.
б)	Напишите ответы на вопросы.
1.	How can you get to the centre of the town (village)?
2.	Where have you put your textbooks?
3.	What day of the week will it be the day after tomorrow?
4.	What do you usually have for supper?
5.	What did you do last Wednesday?
6.	What is the weather going to be like?
Прочитайте текст и выполните задание 16 Книги для чтения.
§ 6
26.	Прочитайте вопросы и ответьте на них.
1.	What form are you in?
2.	Is your school large or small?
3.	How many lessons do you have every day?
4.	What lesson are you having?
5.	What are you doing now?
6.	Which subjects do you like?
7.	How long are the breaks at your school?
. 8. How long do you prepare lessons?
9.	What do you usually do at your English lessons?
10.	What time do your lessons finish?
11.	How do you get home from school?
12.	When will the lessons be over?
219
27.	Расскажите, как ваша семья провела прошлое лето.
28.	Прочитайте список учебных предметов в 7 классе и скажите, которые из них у вас были в этом году, а которые для вас новые.
School subjects of the Eighth Form
1.	Russian	7.	Geography
2.	Literature	8.	Biology
3.	Algebra	9.	English
4.	Geometry	10.	Labour Training
5.	Physics	11.	Arts
6.	History	12.	Music
		13.	Physical Training
29.	Прочитайте рассказ (вторую часть) и расскажите, что случилось с Бетти.
Betty Bunter
Part II
Betty has an aunt who lives not far from the town. This aunt asked her to come and see her one Sunday. Betty went to the bus-stop and got on the bus. When the bus stopped near Betty’s school, Betty got out and went to the school door. But the door was closed,1 and Betty went home.
«School is closed today,» she said to her mother.
«School?» said her mother. «You wanted to go to your aunt!»
The next Saturday Betty made a cake to take to her aunt. On Sunday, she took the bus and went to her aunt’s house. It is very nice house in a beautiful garden where there are apple-trees.
She gave the cake to her aunt.
«What a beautiful cake!» said her aunt.
«I made it myself,» said Betty.
«Well, I’ll lay the table and then we’ll have some tea and eat some cake. You go and play in the garden. I’ll call you when tea is ready.»
220
Betty went to play in the garden. There she saw a small tree with many, many flowers. «What nice flowers,» Betty thought. So she took a lot of the nice flowers to her aunt.
«Look, Auntie,» she said, «here are some nice flowers for the tea-table.»
«They are not flowers,» said her aunt, «they are the blossoms2 from my young apple-tree. Now I’ll have no apples!»
«I’m sorry, Auntie,» said Betty.
«Well, sit down, we’ll have tea now,» answered her aunt.
Betty’s aunt cut two large pieces of cake. She gave Betty one and took one for herself.
«We cannot eat this cake,» Betty’s aunt said. «You have put a lot of salt in it and no sugar.»3
Betty understood. «Oh,» she thought,4 «I took salt for sugar.»
«Well, you wanted to please me, and I thank you for that, but next time, my dear, you must be attentive.»5
«Yes,» said Betty, «I’ll always be attentive to what I am doing.»
1 was closed [klouzd] — была закрыта; 2 blossom ['bbsam] — цветок (дерева); 3 sugar J'fugaJ — сахар; 4 thought [0o:t] — подумала; 5 attentive [a'tentiv] — внимательная
30.	Прочитайте фразы и объясните употребление артиклей с выделенными словами.
I.	There аге a lot of buses and trolley-buses in the . street. 2. They took a Number Five bus. 3. The bus will take you to the theatre. 4. Were you at a summer camp two years ago? 5. Was the summer camp very interesting? 6. There were summer camps near the river.
221
before prep	decoration n	sunny a
celebrate v	demonstration n	weather n
celebration n	great a	walk v
cloud n	holiday n	wind n
cloudy a decorate v	sun n	windy a
31.	Прочитайте текст и изложите его содержание на английском языке.
Reddy
Му name is Sveta. Last summer 1 was in a summer camp. One morning my friends and I went to the forest. We walked and ran there, picked flowers and sang songs. On our way home we suddenly saw a very small fox* sitting under a tree. It was just2 at our feet It was on the ground looking at us with its little bright eyes. The fox was ready to run away. But we picked it up and put it into a basket.3
Then we looked under the trees near us: there were no other foxes there. We took the fox to the camp and gave it some milk. It was very interesting to watch the fox drinking the milk. The fox was red and we called it Reddy. For three days Reddy lived in the camp. On the fourth day we carried it back into the forest. When we put the basket down and opened it, the fox jumped out of the basket and run away. We all said, «Good-bye, dear Reddy, go back home and be happy.» We were glad to be Reddy’s friends during those three days.
1 fox [foks] — лиса; 2 just (dsxst] — как раз, точно; 3 basket ['bd-skit] — корзина
222
32.	Проверьте себя. Вы должны уметь:
описывать времена года, школьную жизнь, летний лагерь и жизнь в нем, празднование Дня Победы в стране, городе (селе) и в школе;
расспрашивать о временах года, о школьной жизни, о летнем лагере и жизни в нем, о праздновании Дня Победы; используя различные варианты, выражать вежливые просьбы;
сообщать о действиях и событиях в будущем, спрашивать о таких действиях и событиях, отрицать их;
понимать все это в речи собеседников, а также короткие тексты в исполнении учителя;
читать усвоенные устно слова, в том числе и образованные конверсией от уже знакомых слов;
читать короткие тематические тексты и диалоги, построенные на усвоенном устно материале, а также читать короткие рассказы и отрывки из произведений английских авторов, используя в случае необходимости словарь.
Irregular Verbs
I	II	III	IV
be [bi:]	was, were [woz,	wa:]been [bi:n]	being ['bi:ig]
begin [bi'gin]	began [bi'gan]	begun [Ы'длп]	beginning [bi'ginig]
bring [brio]	brought [bro:t]	brought [bro:t] bringing ['brigig]	
come [Иаш]	came [keim]	come [клт]	coming ['kAmig]
do [du:]	did [did]	done [dAn]	doing [*du:ig]
draw [dro:]	drew [dru:]	drawn [dro:n]	drawing ['dn.ig]
drink [drigk]	drank [dragk]	drunk [drAgk]	drinking [digkig]
eat [i:t]	ate [et]	eaten [*i:tn]	eating [*i:tig]
get [get]	got [gat]	got [gat]	getting ['getig]
go (gou)	went [went]	gone [gon]	going J'gouig]
hang [hag]	hung [hAQ]	hung [Ьлд]	hanging ['hagig]
have [haev]	had [had]	had [had]	having ['havig]
hear [hie]	heard [ha:d]	heard [ha:d]	hearing ['hiarig]
hold [hould]	held [held]	held [held]	holding ('houldigj
know [nou]	knew [nju:]	known [noun]	knowing ['nouigj
lay [lei]	laid [leid]	laid [leid]	laying [*leiig]
leave [li:v]	left [left]	left [left]	leaving [zli:vig]
let [let]	let [let]	let [let]	letting [*letig]
make [meik]	made [meid]	made [meid]	making [*meikig]
meet [mi:t]	met [met]	met [met]	meeting |'mi:tig]
Pay [pei]	paid [peid]	paid [peid]	paying ['peiig]
put [put]	put [put]	put [put]	putting ['putig]
read [ri:d]	read [red]	read [red]	reading ['ri:dig]
ring [rig]	rang [rag]	rung [глд]	ringing ['rigig]
run [глп]	ran [ran]	run [глп]	running ['rAnig]
say [sei]	said [sed]	said [sed]	saying J'seiig]
see [si:]	saw [so:]	seen [si:n]	seeing [*si:ig]
show [Jou]	showed [foud]	shown [Joun]	showing ['fouig]
shut [jAt]	shut [fAt]	shut [fAt]	shutting [*jAtig]
sing [sig]	sang [sag]	sung [влд]	singing ['sigig]
sit [sit]	sat [sat]	sat [sat]	sitting ['sitig]
sleep [sli:p]	slept [slept]	slept [slept]	sleeping [rsli:pig]
speak [spi.k]	spoke [spouk]	spoken ['spoukn] speaking ['spi:kig]	
stand [stand]	stood [stud]	stood [stud]	standing ['standig]
sweep [swi:p]	swept [swept]	swept [swept]	sweeping [*swi:pig]
swim [swim]	swam [swam]	swum [swAm]	swimming ['swimig]
take [teik]	took [tuk]	taken ('teikn]	taking f'teikig]
tell [tel]	told [tould]	told [tould]	telling [*telig]
think [Gigk]	thought [6o:t]	thought [Go:t]	thinking ['Oigkig]
understand	understood	understood	understanding
[jAnda'stand]	[,Anda'stud]	[^Anda'stud]	[,Anda'standig]
wear [wea]	wore [wo:]	worn [wo:n]	wearing ['wearig]
write [rait]	wrote [rout]	written ('ritn]	writing ['raitig]
224
ГРАММАТИЧЕСКИЙ СПРАВОЧНИК
I
1.	Имена числительные бывают простые, производные и составные.
К простым числительным относятся такие, как one, three, hundred, first, second, etc.
К производным числительным относятся числительные с суффиксами -teen, -ty, -th, например: fourteen, twenty, twelfth, etc.
2.	Составные имена числительные состоят из двух и более слов:
thirty-five, eight hundred.
В составных числительных в пределах каждых трех разрядов перед десятками (а если их нет, то перед единицами) ставится союз and:
594 five hundred and ninety-four
102 one hundred and two.
3.	При обозначении количественных числительных каждые три разряда (справа налево) отделяются запятой: 2,611; 1,312,458.
II
В английском языке существует особый вид вопросов, которые называются разделительными вопросами. Разделительный вопрос состоит из двух частей: утвердительного или отрицательного повествовательного предложения, к которому присоединяется краткий общий вопрос. Этот общий вопрос состоит из соответствующего местоимения и того вспомогательного или модального глагола, который входит в состав сказуемого повествовательного предложения. После Present Indefinite употребляется do (does).
После утвердительного предложения глагол в вопросе стоит в.отрицательной форме, а после отрицательного предложения он стоит в утвердительной форме. Краткий общий вопрос соответствует в русском языке словам «Не правда ли? Не так ли?».
She is ten, isn’t she? Yes, she is.
8 Зак. 153
225
He has no brother, has he? Yes, he has.
The children are not watching TV, are they? Yes, they are.
You speak English, don’t you? No, I don’t.
Разделительные вопросы задают в том случае, когда говорящий желает получить подтверждение высказывания, содержащегося в повествовательном предложении. Ответы на такие вопросы обычно бывают краткими.
Ill
Личные местоимения в английском; языке имеют два падежа: именительный и объектный.
Лицо	Единственное число		Множественное число	
	Именительный падеж	Объектный падеж	Именительный падеж	Объектный падеж
1-е	1	me	we	US
2-е	you	you	you	you
3-е	he	him	they	them
	she	her		
	' it	it		
Личные местоимения в объектном падеже используются в предложении в качестве дополнения, прямого, косвенного и предложного:
You can see him in this picture.
Give me the book.
She is going to the cinema with us.
IV
1.	Для выражения действия в близком будущем в английском языке используется оборот to be going с инфинитивом смыслового глагола с частицей to. В этом случае оборот to be going часто имеет значение «собираться, намереваться»:
I am going to be a theacher.
226
They are going to play in the yard. It is going to rain.
Примечание. Оборот to be going не употребляетя с глаголами to go, to come. Вместо этого оборота для выражения будущего действия глаголы to go, to come используются в форме Present Continuous: Не is going there at 5 o’clock.
2.	Отрицательная и вопросительная форма оборота to be going образуются таким же образом, как и Present Continuous: в отрицательной форме not ставится после вспомогательного глагола, а в вопросах вспомогательный глагол ставится перед подлежащим:
I am not going to answer this question.
It is not going to snow.
Is he going to read this book?
What are you going to do?*
V
1.	После некоторых глаголов, например, to like to want и др., в качестве дополнения используется инфинитив с частицей to.
I want to go to the cinema.
I like to drink cold water.
В этих случаях действие, выраженное инфинитивом, совершается лицом (или предметом), обозначенным подлежащим.
2.	После многих глаголов в качестве дополнения употребляется существительное или личное местоимение в объектном падеже с инфинитивом, которые образуют оборот «объектный падеж с инфинитивом».
I don’t want Kostya to go there. He wants you to come on Sunday.
В обороте «объектный падеж с инфинитивом» существительное или местоимение обозначает лицо (или предмет), совершающее действие, обозначенное инфинитивом.
8*
227
Сравните:
I want to help him и I want you to help him.
3.	В английском языке имеется оборот, состоящий из предлога for, существительного (или местоимения) и инфинитива.
It is difficult for me to get up early.
Здесь действие, выраженное инфинитивом, относится к лицу (или предмету), выраженному существительным или местоимением в объектном падеже, входящим в этот оборот.	\
V,
I.	В английском языке имеется два артикля: определенный артикль the и неопределенный артикль а (перед словами, начинающимися с гласного звука, он принимает форму ап). Определенный и неопределенный артикли ставятся перед существительными и относящимися к ним словами. Отсутствие артикля перед существительным имеет определенную значимость.
The boy is standing at the blackboard.
She has a nice little dog. Give me an apple.
There is butter on the plate.
Определенный артикль перед существительным указывает на конкретные объекты (в единственном или множественном числе), обозначаемые существительными.
Существительное с неопределенным артиклем называет единичный объект как таковой, выделяя его из серии таких же объектов, которые обозначаются этим существительным.
При отсутствии артикля существительное тоже называет такой объект.
2.	При употреблении артикля учитывается характер существительного. Оно может быть исчисляемым и неисчисляемым. К исчисляемым существительным относятся названия объектов, которые можно пересчитать. Они употребляются как в единственном, так и во множественном числе:
228
a book — books, a house — houses, a boy — boys
К неисчисляемым существительным относятся названия объектов, которые нельзя пересчитать. К ним принадлежат существительные вещественные и абстрактные. Они употребляются только в единственном числе: bread, tea, weather
С исчисляемыми существительными, когда они называют объекты в единственном числе, употребляется неопределенный артикль.
There is a library at our school. I have an interesting book.
С исчисляемыми существительными во множественном числе при назывании некоторого количества объектов артикль не употребляется.
There аге books and newspapers on the desk.
С неисчисляемыми существительными, когда обозначаемые им объекты называются, артикль не употребляется.
There is gas and hot water in our house.
What fine weather we are having!
3.	В речи в зависимости от ситуации существительные могут нести конкретный смысл и общий смысл. С определенным артиклем существительное передает конкретный смысл:
The book is on the desk.
Существительное в единственном числе с неопределенным артиклем передает общий смысл:
There is a book on his desk.
Общий смысл передается также неисчисляемыми существительными или существительными во множественном числе, с которыми неопределенный артикль не употребляется:
There is bread and butter on the desk.
Bring chairs, please.
4.	Употребление определенного артикля с существительными в единствейном и множественном числе определяется следующими ситуациями:
229
1)	Указание на объект, который находится в поле зрения собеседников.
„Look at the map.“ (В классе висит карта.)
2)	Ссылка на известное, когда объект известен собеседникам из совместного опыта.
„Have you done the homework?** (Из разговора учеников одного класса.)
3)	Дополнительная конкретизация, когда указываются дополнительные признаки, которыми данный объект отличается от других ему подобных.
„Put on the blue tie.** (У человека среди галстуков есть один синий.)
5. Употребление неопределенного артикля с исчисляемыми существительными в единственном числе определяется следующими с и т у а ц и я м и:
1) Называние объекта, когда говорящий вводит в речь какой-то новый объект и называет его.
On my way home I saw a boy.
2) Указание количества, когда называется одна единица, артикль употребляется в значении «один». There are twelve months in a year.
VII
1. Местоимения some и any употребляются с исчисляемыми существительными во множественном числе со значением «несколько, какие-то, какие-нибудь» и с неисчисляемыми существительными со значением «некоторое количество, немного, сколько-нибудь».
There are some apples on the plate.
Give me some water, please.
Some употребляется в утвердительных предложениях, а также в специальных вопросах.
I want some paper.
Where can I get some paper?
Any употребляется в отрицательных предложениях и в общих вопросах.
There isn’t any butter in the refrigerator.
Have you any interesting book? No, I haven’t any.
230
VIII
1. Местоимения much, little употребляются с неисчисляемыми существительными. Much используется главным образом в отрицательных и вопросительных предложениях.
I haven’t much time.
Have you much work today?
Примечание. В утвердительных предложениях much и little употребляются в основном со словами very, too, so и в некоторых других случаях. Вместо much часто употребляется a lot of. There is too little milk in the bottle. There is a lot of snow this winter.
Little может употребляться с неопределенным артиклем; little означает «немного, мало» (недостаточно, почти нет), a little — «немного» (но достаточно).
She eats little bread. Give me a little bread.
2. Местоимения many, few употребляются с исчисляемыми существительными во множественном числе. Many используется главным образом в отрицательных и вопросительных предложениях.
There aren’t many mistakes in his work. Has she many English books?
Примечание. В утвердительных предложениях many и few употребляются в основном со словами very, too, so и в некоторых других случаях. Вместо many часто употребляются a lot of, lots of. He has very few friends here.
There are lots of people in the square.
Few может употребляться с неопределенным артиклем; few означает «немного, мало» (недостаточно, почти нет), a few — «немного» (но достаточно).
There are few books on history in this library.
There are a few newspapers on the table.
IX
1.	Для обозначения совершившегося к настоящему моменту 231
действия, рез ул ьт ат которого имеется налицо в настоящее время, в английском языке используется настоящее совершенное время (Present Perfect).
Формы настоящего совершенного времени образуются при помощи вспомогательного глагола to have в настоящем времени и третьей основной формы смыслового глагола.
Не has opened the window. Он открыл окно. (Оно открыто.)
They have gone home. Они ушли. (Их здесь нет.)
2.	Третья основная форма правильных глаголов образуется добавлением окончания -ed к первой форме (инфинитиву). При этом немая конечная -е опускается, конечная -у изменяется на -i-, а конечная единичная согласная перед гласными [i, е, ае, и, л, э] удваивается:
ask — asked; live — lived; copy — copied; stop — stopped Окончание -ed после конечных звонких согласных и гласных произносится как [d], после глухих согласных — как [t], а после t и d произносится как [id]:
[d]	[t]	[id]
rain — rained	dress — dressed want — wanted
snow — snowed watch — watched point — pointed
3.	Третья основная форма неправильных глаголов образуется не по правилам. У разных глаголов она образуется различными способами, например:
do — done; go — gone; have — had; sit — sat; put — put Эти формы следует запомнить.
4.	Отрицательная форма настоящего совершенного времени образуется при помощи частицы not, которая ставится после вспомогательного глагола:
Не has not cleaned the blackboard. (He hasn’t cleaned the blackboard.)
I have not done my exercises. (I haven’t done my exercises.)
5.	В вопросительной форме вспомогательный глагол ставится перед подлежащим:
232
Have they had dinner?
Has he washed his hands?
What has he done?
Where have you been?
В вопросах к подлежащему порядок слов не изменяется: Who has come in?
X
1. Возвратные местоимения образуются путем прибавления к притяжательным местоимениям my, our, your и личным местоимениям him, her, it, them окончания -self (в единственном числе) и -selves (во множественном числе).
Лицо	Единственное число	Множественное число
1-е	myself	ourselves
2-е	yourself	yourselves
3-е	himself herself itself	themselves
Возвратные местоимения стоят после многих глаголов, показывая, что действие переходит на само действующее лицо. Они соответствуют в русском языке частице -ся (-сь), которая присоединяется к глаголу, и возвратному местоимению себя (себя, собой).
Go and wash yourself.
Примечание. При некоторых глаголах, таких как to wash, to dress, возвратные местоимения часто опускаются: At seven o’clock I wash, dress and have breakfast.
XI
1.	Для обозначения действия или состояния, происходившего в какой-то период в прошлом ине связанного с‘ моментом речи, используется прошедшее неопределенное время (Past Indefinite). Прошедшее неопределенное время — форма, типичная для описания следовавших друг за другом действий или событий в про
233
шлом. В предложениях с глаголами в прошедшем неопределенном времени часто указывается время совершения действия.
Прошедшее неопределенное время представлено второй основной формой глагола, которая не изменяется по лицам и числам, за исключением глагола to be.
I saw him yesterday. He finished his work on Friday. At 7 o’clock he got up, opened the window and did his morning exercises.
2.	Вторая основная форма правильных глаголов образуется, как и третья форма, прибавлением окончания -ed к первой форме (инфинитиву). При этом конечная -е опускается, конечная -у изменяется на -i-, а конечная одиночная согласная перед гласными [i, е, ге, и, л, э] удваивается:
ask — asked; live — lived; copy — copied; stop — stopped
Окончание -ed после конечных звонких согласных и гласных произносится как [d], после глухих согласных — как [t], а после t и d произносится как [id]:
[d]	[t]	[id]
rain — rained dress — dressed want — wanted snow — snowed watch — watched round — rounded
3.	Вторая основная форма неправильных глаголов образуется не по правилам. У разных глаголов она образуется различными способами, например:
do — did; go — went; have — had; sit — sat; put — put Эти формы следует запомнить.
4.	Отрицательная форма прошедшего неопределенного времени образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола to do в прошедшем времени (did), частицы not, которая ставится после вспомогательного глагола, и смыслового глагола в первой форме.
I did not see him in the park. (I didn’t see him in the park.) He did not stay in town last summer. (He didn’t stay in town last summer.)
234
5.	Вопросительная форма прошедшего неопределенного времени образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола to do в прошедшем времени (did), который ставится перед подлежащим. Смысловой глагол употребляется в первой основной форме.
Did you help your mother?
What did you do? Where did they go?
В вопросах к подлежащему после вопросительного слова ставится смысловой глагол во второй основной форме без вспомогательного глагола did.
Who wanted to go to the cinema?
XII
1.	Прошедшее неопределенное время глагола to be представлено в форме was для 1-го и 3-го лица единственного числа и в форме were для 2-го лица единственного числа и всех лиц множественного числа.
She was ill yesterday.
They were in St. Petersburg last summer.
2.	Отрицательная форма глагола to be в прошедшем неопределенном времени образуется при помощи частицы not, которая ставится после was и were.
Не was not present at the lesson. (He wasn’t present at the lesson.)
They were not in the camp last summer. (They weren’t in the camp last summer.)
3.	Отрицательные предложения с оборотом there was (there were) могут быть построены двумя способами.
1)	При помощи частицы not, которая ставится после глагола перед существительным с неопределенным артиклем или с местоимением any, причем глагол может образовывать с частицей not сокращенные формы wasn’t, weren’t.
There wasn’t a telephone in this room.
There wasn’t any water in the glass.
There weren’t any books in the desk.
235
2)	При помощи местоимения по, которое стоит перед существительным без артикля или без местоимения any. There wSre no chairs in the room.
There was no chalk on the shelf.
4.	В вопросительной форме was и were ставятся перед подлежащим (или there).
Was he well? Was it Monday or Tuesday?
Were there many people at the concert?
Where were you yesterday evening?
В вопросах к подлежащему порядок слов не изменяется. Who was on duty yesterday?
XIII
1.	Для обозначения однократных или повторяющихся действий, которые совершатся в будущем, употребляется будущее неопределенное время (Future Indefinite).
Будущее неопределенное время образуется при помощи вспомогательных глаголов shall (для 1-го лица единственного и множественного числа) и will (для остальных лиц) и первой основной формы смыслового глагола.
I shall see you tomorrow. (Til see you tomorrow.)
They will come home at 4 o’clock. (They’ll come home at 4 o’clock.)
It will be Friday tomorrow. (It’ll be Friday tomorrow.)
2.	Отрицательная форма будущего неопределенного времени образуется при помощи частицы not, которая ставится после вспомогательных глаголов shall и will.
We shall not have English tomorrow. (We shan’t have English tomorrow.)
You will not be at home at that time. (You won’t be at home at that time.)
3.	При образовании вопросительной формы будущего неопределенного времени используются вспомогательные глаголы shall (для 1-го лица единственного и множест
236
венного числа) и will (для остальных лиц), которые ставятся перед подлежащим.
Shall I begin? When will they come back?
В вопросах к подлежащему порядок слов не изменяется.
Who will go to the camp this summer?
XIV
Вопросительные формы будущего неопределенного времени типа Will you come in? Won’t you come in? Come in, will you? Come in, won’t you? используются для выражения вежливой просьбы.
Will you, please, open the window?
Won’t you come and see us?
Clean the blackboard, will you?
Have another piece of cake, won’t you?
XV
Многие английские слова могут в одной и той же форме относиться к различным частям речи. В этом легко убедиться, если обратиться к англо-русскому словарю.
Например:
Dress [dres] п платье, одежда; v одевать, наряжать; одеваться, наряжаться;
English ['ioglij] п англичане; английский язык; а английский;
light [lait] п свет, освещение; а светлый; и зажигать, освещать.
Значение таких слов в тексте устанавливается исходя из их места и роли в предложении, а также с учетом их грамматической формы.
Shut the. door. The door is shut.
Do you like this weather? What is the weather like today?
They danced all night. She likes modern dances.
237
KEY TO WRITTEN EXERCISES
Unit 1
Exercise 25
a schoolgirl too ... fair too ... long either ... Neither Marina.
Exercise 38 \
1. him; 2. us; 3. me; 4. it; 5. them; 6. you; 7. her.
Exercise 43	\
1. Who is the teacher looking at? 2. What is this suit made of? 3. What are you sitting at? 4. What is he playing with? 5. Who is the man pointing to? 6. What is the schoolboy cleaning the blackboard with?
Unit 2 Exercise 10
1. What are you going to be? 2. Where are we going to play? 3. Is the weather going to be bad or good? 4. Who are you going to ring? 5. When are you going to get to the cinema? 6. Who is the teacher going to speak to?
Exercise 15
1. too young; 2. too good; 3. like football too; 4. too late;
5. a student too; 6. too far.
Exercise 30
1. them; 2. it; 3. him; 4. us; 5. you; 6. you (me); 7. her.
Exercise 44
1. Who is going to leave school? 2. Is it going to rain?
3. Where does your aunt live? 4. How many uncles has he? 5. What do we learn at school? 6. When is his son going to be a university student? 7. What kind of films does your grandmother like? 8. How does she want to speak English?
238
Unit 3
Exercise 9
1. There is not any paper in the desk. (There is no paper in the desk.) 2. There are not any children on the playground. (There are no children on the playground.) 3. There is not any coffee in the cup. (There is no coffee in the cup.)
1. Are there any toys in the children’s room? 2. Are there any boys in the yard? 3. Is there any bread on the plate?
Exercise 14
1. little; 2. a little; 3. little; 4. a little; 5. a little; 6. little.
Exercise 20
1. few; 2. a few; 3. few; 4. few; 5. few; 6. a few.
Exercise 29
1. much snow; 2. many people; 3. many friends; 4. much homework.
1. a little butter; 2. few lamps; 3. few balconies; 4. a few apples.
Exercise 34
1. How many rooms are there in their flat? 2. How much coffee is there in the box? 3. Is there gas in his flat?
4. How much bread is there on the plate? 5. How many lessons do you have today? 6. Are there any plates, spoons and forks in the cupboard?
Exercise 40
1. a cup ... coffee; 2. nylon; 3. an interesting book; 4. hot and cold water ... gas; 5. a bathroom; 6. bread ... butter ... a glass ... tea.
Exercise 45
I. a jacket... nylon; 2. a cup ... tea; 3. rain; 4. a balcony;
5. a cow ... a big pig; 6. paper.
239
Unit 4
Exercise 15
1.	Where have they lived since 1979? 2. Has she drunk any milk? 3. Who has come to see you? 4. What have you read? 5. What have you done? 6. Who has he given a letter (to)?
Exercise 20
1.	herself; 2. themselves; 3. yourself; 4. myself; 5. himself; 6. ourselves; 7. yourselves.
Exercise 25
1.	has given; 2. have not shut; 3. have read; 4. have decided; 5. has ,.. prepared; 6. have ... hung.
Exercise 36
1.	have seen; 2. has opened; 3. has already washed ... has put; 4. have ... been; 5. has ... come; 6. have ... brought.
Exercise 48
1.	am hanging ... have hung ... going to hang; 2. Come ... is coming ... has come; 3. is ringing ... has rung ... going to ring.
Unit 5 Exercise 32
1.	did not learn; 2. did not sleep; 3. did not understand;
4. did not read; 5. did not work; 6. did not wear.
Exercise 38
1. When did the child get up? 2. Where did we see the portrait of Pushkin? 3. Did it rain all day yesterday? 4. Who did the teacher give a bad mark for geography to? 5. Who did (his) mathematics in the morning? 6. What did the friends speak over the telephone about?
Exercise 48
1. a break ... the third lesson; 2. books ... English literature ... the library; 3. a good mark ... Russian; 4. The children ... a (the) text ... the end ... the lesson; 5. The 240
village ... a nice club ... children; 6. The parents ... concerts, the children ... games ... the playground.
Exercise 52
1.	Did he want to get up? 2. What did she dry herself with? 3. Who took his place at the dinner table? 4. When did he go to school? 5. What exercise did the teacher give us? 6. Who did they understand?
Exercise 57
1.	stood ... went; 2. take;3. begin; 4. see; 5. put; 6. spoke ... make.
Exercise 86
1.	did ... begin; 2. make; 3. did ... understand; 4. did ... end; 5. gave; 6. asked ... answered ... read.
Unit 6 Exercise 10
1.	was not; 2. were not; 3. were not any; 4. was not;
5. was no; 6. was not.
Exercise 14
1. Who was present? 2. How many days were there in February last year? 3. What were the dresses made of?
4.	Was he glad to see his friends? 5. What time was it when he came home from work? 6. What was the film like?
Exercise 18
1.	was; 2. were; 3. was; 4. was; 5. were; 6. was.
Exercise 26
-1. What was she? 2. What kind of hotel was it? 3. Was the shoe shop open at that time? 4. When was he in the Soviet Union? 5. Where were the children all day? 6. Was it early or late morning?
Exercise 30
1. the street ... the right ... the theatre; 2. shops ... a new hotel ... the square; 3. the post-office; 4. the caf6... a cup ... coffee ... bread ... butter; 5. the tea; 6. the bench.
241
Exercise 36
1.	crossed; 2. Do ... stay; 3. buying; 4. worked; 5. helps; 6. did ... like.
Exercise 40
i.	was; 2. have ... paid; 3. seen; 4. got; 5. went; 6. have ... had.
Exercise 44
went home ... had his dinner ... had soup and meat or fish, and some fruit ... went for a walk or played on the playground with his friends ... prepared ... read ... wrote ... watched ... played with his brother or read books ... went to bed.
Unit 7
Exercise 13
1.	The teacher ... a good mark; 2. the duster ... the blackboard; 3. a lot ... parks ... gardens; 4. The club ... the centre ... the village; 5. The name ... the farm; 6. an interesting book.
Exercise 18
1.	shall;'2. will; 3. will; 4. will; 5. shall; 6. will.
Exercise 32
1.	When will they be at the caffe? 2. Who will show the way to the workshop? 3. What mark will the teacher give Kostya? 4. Who will Oleg help with his English? 5. What will the weather be? 6. Where shall we meet?
Exercise 44
1.	Where shall we sleep? 2. Will they stay in town in July? 3. What will the children do during the break?
4. Why shall we not swim in the river? 5. Will there be a camp-fire there? 6. Who will you write a letter to?
Exercise 50
1. swam ... played; 2. Will ... get; 3. cross; 4. danced ... sang; 5. took (shall take).
242
Unit 8
Exercise 5
1. spoke; 2. said; 3. speak; 4. speaking; 5. talk; 6. tell;
7. said; 8. tell.
Exercise 10
1. saw; 2. are; 3. Have ... seen; 4. had; 5. did ... take.
Exercise 15
1. are having; 2. Do ... like; 3. did ... ring; 4. rained;
5. was; 6. will (do) ... begin.
Reader
To the Readers
Dear boys and girls!
In this book you will read about English and American boys and girls. They go to school just like you. They like or do not like some of their lessons. They get good marks and bad marks just like you. You will read some stories by English and American writers and some stories about interesting places in London.
about [a'bautj — о	just like you — так же, как и вы
life — жизнь	writer — ['га ita] — писатель
Памятка
Домашнее чтение — дело непростое, но важное
Текст задания «Книги для чтения», которое дается на неделю, постарайтесь распределить так, чтобы читать регулярно в течение недели. Лучше читать в день по одному рассказу или одной части, если он велик. Читая систематически, вы освобождаете себя от перегрузки, которой вам не избежать, если выполнять все задания накануне проверки его учителем.
Организовать чтение каждого рассказа (отрывка) лучше так:
1)	прочитайте вступительную фразу и заголовок, чтобы представить себе, о чем пойдет речь. Помните, однако, что бывают и такие заголовки, по которым догадаться об этом почти невозможно;
244
2)	несмотря на непонятные места и на другие трудности, прочитайте весь рассказ (отрывок) до конца, после этого попробуйте ответить на вопрос, о чем он;
3)	внимательно прочитайте задание после текста и четко уясните, на что следует обратить внимание при чтении текста;
4)	прочитайте рассказ еще раз, только теперь очень тщательно, устанавливая значение незнакомых слов; Неизвестные вам слова выделены в тексте жирным шрифтом. Если вам встретятся другие незнакомые слова, не забудьте про словарь — Vocabulary, который находится в конце учебника. Выпишите такие слова в свою словарную тетрадь вместе с транскрипцией и переводом.
5)	выполните задания, которые помещены в конце ‘текста, для чего прочитайте или внимательно просмотрите текст. Это лучше сделать в день накануне проверки домашнего чтения в классе.
READING IN JANUARY, FEBRUARY AND MARCH
Task 1
Посмотрите в конце книги оглавление, а затем прочитайте следующий текст.
Contents page
When you want to read a story, you take a book. The contents page tells you what stories there are in the book and on what page each story is.
Here is the beginning of the contents page. Read the titles of the stories you must read in January.
Task h Contents page.....................................
L. M.Alcott.....................................
Little Women....................................
New Year Resolutions of an English Boy..........
245
Task 2. On the Pond..................................
Task 3. English Alphabet and Spelling................
A Long Name..................................
task [ta:sk] — задание	resolution [,rez»*lu:Jn] —
contents fkontents] — оглав- решение, задача
ление	alphabet [’aelfobit] — алфавит
title ['taitl] — заглавие	spelling ['spelig] — правопи-
сание, орфография
* * *
Прочитайте^ отрывок из книги американской писательни-
L.M. Alcott (1832,-1888)
Louisa May Alcott, an American writer, lived from 1832 to 1888. Her story «Little Women» tells the readers about an American family.
The family lives in a small American town. The father of the family, Mr. March, works in some other country very far from America. His four daughters, «the little women» as he likes to call them, live with their mother.
Louisa [lu'i:za] May Alcott — country [’kAntri] — страна
Луиза Мэй Олькотт	as he likes to call them — как
он их любит называть
Little Women
(After L. M. Alcott)
On a cold evening in December the girls are sitting near the fire in the dining-room. Their mother has not come home yet, and the girls are talking about the New Year and the presents they want to give to their mother.
Margaret, or Meg, as her sisters call her, is sixteen years old. Meg teaches small children in the family of their friends. She gets some money for her work and helps her family. Meg is going to be a teacher.
246
Josephine, or Jo, is fifteen. She wants to write stories and be a writer. Now she works at the house of an old woman. She looks after the woman, helps her in the house, reads books to her and gets some money for her work.
Elizabeth, or Beth, is thirteen. Beth likes music and is learning to play the piano. She wants to teach music. She helps their mother in the house — dusts the tables, the chairs and the bookcases, sweeps the floor and washes the dishes.
Amy is twelve. She goes to school. Some girls laugh at her old dresses and she does not like school. She wants to be an artist. Amy helps her mother in the kitchen.
It is six o’clock in the afternoon, the time when their mother comes home. Meg brings the lamp into the diningroom. Jo puts her mother’s shoes near the fire. She looks at the old shoes and says, «The shoes are very old. Mother must have new shoes.»
«1 want to give Mother new shoes for the New Year», says Beth.
«No,» says Amy, «1 want to give Mother new shoes.»
«I am the eldest», begins Meg, but Jo goes on, «I take the place of the man in the family now when Father is far from home. I am going to give Mother new shoes.»
Then Meg looks at her hands and says, «I am going to give Mother new gloves.»
«I have got some nice handkerchiefs for Mother,» says Beth. Amy looks at her sisters and them tells them: «I am going to give Mother some pictures of flowers.»
At that time the door in the hall opens and their mother comes in. She is a tall woman. Her clothes are old, but the girls look at their mother and see the most beautiful woman.
fire f'faia] — огонь (в камине) to teach — учить
gets some money — получает деньги
to laugh [Icvf] — смеяться artist (’artist] — художник to bring — приносить
(the) eldest — самая старшая glove [glAV] — перчатка handkerchief	['haegkat fit ] —
носовой платок
(the) most beautiful ['bjuztiful] — самая прекрасная
247
Прочитайте текст, в котором говорится о том, что английский мальчик собирается делать в новом году.
New Year Resolutions of an English Boy
The New Year is coming. All people make good resolutions for the New Year. I want to make some good resolutions too.
I am thirteen. My name is Ben. I am in the third form.1 Here are my resolutions.
1.	To get up early and to do morning exercises.
2.	To wash in cold water in the morning and in the evening.
3.	To help Mother every day.
4.	Not to hit my little brother Tim.
5.	To take Tim to the park with me every day.
6.	To do my homework first and then watch TV.
7.	To write, down in my exercise-book the titles of books which I have read.
8.	To clean my shoes every evening.
to hit — бить, ударять
1.	Расскажите о каждой из сестер по следующему плану;
1.	How old is the girl?
2.	What is she going to be?
3.	Where does she work now?
II.	Из задач, которые поставил себе английский мальчик, выберите такие, которые и вы собираетесь выполнить в этом году.
1 Соответствует 6-му классу нашей школы.
248
Task 2
Прочитайте рассказ о том, что случилось с мальчиком Гарри на льду пруда.
On the Pond (After M. Durward)
Part 1
Mike lopks out of the window at the snow. «There is a lot of snow,» he says to his sister Nancy. Let’s go out and play!»
«May we go out with the sledge?» Mike asks their mother.
«There is a lot of snow,» says Nancy.
«Yes, you may go,» says Mother, «but it’s a very cold day, so dress yourselves well.»
Soon the children are ready. They take their sledge and come out of the house. In the street they see Richard, their friend, with his sledge too.
«Let’s go to the hill!» says Mike, «that is a good place to go down.»
When they come up the hill, Mike and Nancy sit down on their sledge.
«Ready, go!» calls Richard, who is on his sledge too, and they all ride down the hill.
More and more children come with sledges to ride down the hill.
«Look,» says Mike, «there are some children on the pond. Let’s go and see how they skate on the ice.» They all put their sledges under a tree and run down to the pond.
At that time Mr. Kelly, the school teacher, comes up to the pond.
«Come off the ice,» he calls out. «You must not skate there. The ice is too thin.»
«It’s not too thin,» says Harry. He is a big boy.
«Yes, it is,» says Mr. Kelly. «You must not skate on that pond.» And Mr. Kelly goes off down the road.
«Come on», calls Richard, and all the children run back
249
up the hill to their sledges, only Harry goes back to the pond.
pond [pond]— пруд sledge [sleds] — санки hill — гора to ride — ехать
ice [ais) — лед road [roud] — дорога to call out — кричать
Part II
The children ride down the hill, fall into the snow, help one another to get up and ride down again.
Suddenly Mike says, «Look at Harry, he is skating on the pond.»
The children stand and look at Harry.
«We must go down and stop him,» says Mike. He runs to the pond. All the children run after him.
«Come off the pond, Harry,» they call. «The ice is too thin!» But Harry only laughs at them. Suddenly the ice breaks and Harry falls into the water.
«Help, help!» calls Harry.
«Oh, he is in the water,» says Mike.
250
«What can we do?» asks Richard.
«We must get help,» says Nancy and she runs off to the road. Mike and Richard run with her.
On the road they see Mr. Kelly and run to him. «Mr. Kelly, Harry has fallen into the pond,» they call out to him.
«We must get him out,» says Mr. Kelly when the children run up to him. «We must get a long ladder.»
They run down the road to a big house. Mr. Kelly goes to the door of the house and soon he comes back with a
ladder. He calls to the children:
«Come over to the pond and help me with this ladder.»
They go back to the pond with the ladder and a long rope. Mr. Kelly puts the ladder down on the ice. Then he looks round.
«Come here,‘Mike,» he says. «Can you crawl along the ladder and help Harry?»
«Yes,» says Mike.
«The ice is too thin to hold me,» says Mr. Kelly, «but
you can do it.»
Mike crawls along the ladder' to the boy in the water.
«Can you hold on to the ladder?» he asks Harry.
«I am very cold, but I must try,» says Harry and he holds on to the ladder. When Harry is out of the water with Mike’s help, the two boys come up to Mr. Kelly.
«Good boy, Mike,» says Mr. Kelly. «Harry, you must run home and change you clothes.»
251
«Thank you very much,» says Harry. He looks very 4illy, when he goes along the road to his house.	у
«We must go home too,» says Mike.
They all run up the hill to get their sledges.
to fall [fo:l] — падать suddenly ['sAdnli] — вдруг to break [breik] — ломаться has fallen [to: 1эп] — упал ladder ['laedo] — лестница rope — веревка to crawl [kro:l] — ползти
* * *
along [o'log] — вдоль to try [trai] — пытаться to hold — держать (ся) to change [tjeinds] — менять, сменять
silly ['sili] — глупый, жалкий
I.	Ответьте по первой части текста на следующие вопросы:
1.	What season of the year is it?
2.	Who do Mike and Nancy see in the street?
3.	Where do the children go?
II.	Найдите во второй части текста и прочитайте 2—3 предложения для описания следующего:
1.	The children ride down the hilt on their sledges.
2.	Mr. Kelly, the school teacher, speaks to the children.
3.	The ice on the pond breaks.
III.	Расскажите о событиях, используя следующие ключевые слова:
must bring a ladder crawls along
come and help	holds on to the ladder
puts the ladder down is cold and runs
on the ice
Task 3
Прочитайте текст об английском алфавите и обратите внимание на трудности написания английских слов.
English Alphabet and Spelling
When you speak English, you pronounce about fifty sounds, but the English alphabet has only twenty-six letters. 252
It is difficult for you to read and write in English and it is difficult for English boys and girls too. Some of them make many mistakes in spelling.
There are many silent letters in English words. You must write them, but you must not pronounce them when you read.
In these words the letter e is silent: plate, time, nose, blue, cake, like, rose, tube.
In these	words	the	letter h	is	silent:	what, when, where.
In these	words	the	letter r	is	silent:	car, scarf, fork.
In these	words	the	letter к	is	silent:	knife, know.
In some	words	the	letter w	is	silent:	write, wrong, who.
In some words the two letters gh are silent: night, light, eight.
English spelling has a long history. Many years ago people pronounced the words as they wrote them. But then the pronunciation changed but spelling did not change. Some people wanted to change the English alphabet. Their plan was to make an alphabet of forty letters, and not to write the silent letters. They did not do it, as they had no money for it.
pronounce [pra'nauns] about fifty sounds [saundz] — произносите примерно 50 звуков silent ['sailont] — непроизносимая
word [wa:d] — слово
ago [э’дои] — тому назад pronunciation [prajiAnsi'eifn] — произношение
to change [tjeindj] — изменить
* * *
Прочитайте забавный рассказ из жизни английских школьников, связанный с английскими именами.
A Long Name (After L. A. HUI)
John and Fred were two schoolboys. They were twelve years old and they were in the same class at school. One day they had a fight in the class and their teacher was very 253
angry. He said to the two boys, «Stay here after school this afternoon and write your names a thousand times.» —
After the last lesson all the other boys went home, but John and Fred stayed in the classroom with their teacher and began to write their narngs.
Then Fred began to cry. The teacher looked at him and said, «Why are you crying, Fr^d?»
«Because his name is John May and my name is Frederick Hollingsworth,» Fred said.
fight [fait] —драка was very angry ['aeggri] — очень рассердился
* ★
a thousand times [’Oauzand] — тысяча раз
to cry [krai] — плакать
*
I. В тексте об английском алфавите найдите и прочитайте ответы на следующие вопросы:
1. How many letters are there in the English alphabet?
2. Why is it difficult to read and write English words?
II. Перескажите кратко текст о длинном имени, используя следующие ключевые слова:
in the same class a thousand times
had a fight	began to cry
was angry	had many letters
stayed after school
Task 4
Прочитайте текст о школах в Англии и назовите виды английских школ.
Schools in England
Schools in England are not the same as in our country. Children begin to go to school when they are five years old. From five to seven they are .in infant schools. An infant school is like a kindergarten. The children draw, sing and listen to stories which the teacher reads to them. They also play games. In these schools they begin to read and write.
From seven to eleven children in England go to a junior
254
school. Here they all learn to read and write and do mathematics.
From eleven to sixteen boys and girls in England go to a secondary school. They begin to learn in form one. The sixth form is the last form in this school. They have many subjects in their time-table.
In England schoolchildren do not go to schools on Saturdays and Sundays.
England ['iggland] — Англия infant ['infant] school — начальная школа (для детей от 5 до 7 лет)
is like a kindergarten ['kindazga:tn ] — похожа на детский сад
to sing [sig] — петь
to listen ('lisn] — слушать junior ('dsuinja] school — начальная школа (для детей от 7 до 11 лет)
secondary ['sekandarij school — средняя школа
Прочитайте текст о расписании уроков в английской
школе.
School Time-Table
Do you like English? A lot of people in our country learn English at school. But in England many children learn French or Latin at school. Some children learn German, Latin or Russian.
Here is a time-table at an English school for the third form. Look at the lessons. Do you have these lessons in your school too?
255
Time	Monday	Tuesday	Wednesday	Thursday	Friday
9.00	Register				
9.10	English	Maths	Chemistry	Games	French
9.45	Maths	French	Geography	Drawing	Biology
10.20	French	Cooking Woodwork	Latin	Drawing	Maths
10.55	Break				
11.15	History	Drama	English	French	Games on the playground
11.50	Maths	Music	English	English	
12.30	Dinner				
1.50	Register				
2.00	Latin	Games	French	Physics	Geography
2.35	Geography	Singing	Maths	Cooking Woodwork	English
3.10	Games on the playground	History	History	Cooking Woodwork	French
3.35	End of school				
French — французский язык Latin piaetin] — латинский язык German [* *ёзэ:тэп] — немецкий язык
* *
register ['redsiste] — перекличка по классному журналу cooking ['kukirj] — приготовление пищи
woodwork — столярное дело
*
Прочитайте текст и посмотрите табель успеваемости английского школьника. 1
Ida
В Англии в школах нет единой системы оценки знании учащихся.
В одних школах оценки ставятся по 10-балльной системе, в других — по 20-балльной, а в третьих — по 100-балльной.
256
School Report
You get good marks and bad marks for your school subjects. Schoolchildren in England get marks too. You get a three and a schoolboy in England gets fifty-five or sixty'. You get a four and he gets seventy-five or eighty. You get a five and he gets ninety seven or a hundred.
School Report Name — James Brown	Form — III-B			
Subjects	Marks	Place in the Form	Teacher’s Notes
English language	50	14 th	He does not work much.
English literature	50	16th	He does not work much.
French	39	16th	He does not like French.
Physics	27	23th	His physics is poor.
Chemistry	60	10th	He works well.
History	90	1st	Very good.
Geography	61	Uth	Good work.
Biology	59	16 th	His exercise-book is dirty.
Maths	72	8th	Good.
Woodwork	—	9th	He likes to work.
Drawing	16	30th	Very poor.
Music	85	3rd	Plays the piano well.
Marks for all subjects — 609 Possible — 1100	Place in the form 13th There are 30 boys in the form		Times absent — 4 Times late — 26
Form teacher — Jane Clark Head leacher — George Drake			
O o„..
257
school report [ri'pozt ] — табель успеваемости note — примечание language ['laeggwids] — язык poor [pua] — плохой, бедный	dirty ['da:ti] — грязный possible ['posibl] — возможный form	teacher — классный руководитель head teacher — директор
* *	*
1. В тексте о школах Англии найдите и прочитайте ответы на следующие вопросы:
1.	How old аге children in England when theybegin to go to school?	\
2.	What do, they do in an infant school?	j
3.	What do children learn in a junior school?
4.	To what school do children in England go when they are eleven?
II. В тексте о расписании уроков посмотрите время на* чала и окончания занятий и заполните пропуски в следующих предложениях:
1.	A lesson in an English school is ... minutes long.
2.	Schoolchildren have dinner, at ... .
3.	Lessons are over at ... .
III.	В последнем тексте найдите и назовите школьные предметы, которые вы не изучаете в вашей школе.
Task 5
Прочитайте рассказ об одном дне из жизни английского мальчика.
A Day in the Life of Simon Carrot
Part I
First I must tell you about myself. I am thirteen and 1 am in the third form at a school in Manchester. I have a little sister Bess, who is very silly and I have a very clever dog. His name is Pat.
What a bad day Monday was for me! I woke up late and did not have time to eat my breakfast. I did not see 258
my books and my school cap in their places. I looked into the dining-room. Then I looked into the bathroom and saw my books there. I saw my dog Pat under the table with my cap. I put my books into my bag, took my cap and ran very quickly to school.
The first lesson on Monday is maths. What a difficult subject to begin the week with! Mr. Green, the mathematics teacher, took our homework. He saw that my exercise-book was dirty. He gave me a bad mark for it. Then he gave us tasks to do. I sit behind Jane, who is fat and silly. But she likes maths very much and gets good marks for it. I asked her to tell me the answers, but she didn’t want to.
The second lesson on Monday is French. 1 like French. It’s nice to talk to your friends at- the lesson in another language. Then it was eleven o’clock — time for break. Nell gave me a piece of cake to eat with my milk and then gave me her homework to copy. I think Nell likes me, and she is a nice girl.
After break we had two lessons in Latin! They are bad lessons: I do not like Latin. I talked to Nell at the lesson and Mr. Williams gave me a hundred works to write in my exercise-book after school. I wrote those words at the lesson when the boys and girls read a Latin book.
Manchester ['maentfistaj — clever [*kleva] — умный г. Манчестер	fat — толстая
Part II
At half past twelve the long break for dinner begins. I ran to the dining-room and sat down at the table. They gave us meat and vegetables for dinner. I do not like vegetables and I ate very little at dinner. Then I went into the playground with my friends Pete Sharp and John Ford and we played football.
After dinner break we had a history lesson. I don’t usually like history, but I liked this lesson very much. We learned about the Battle of Hastings in the year 1066. In summer we were at Hastings and saw all the places that the history teacher told us about.
Q*
259
At three o’clock we had the lesson which I like very much. It is games. We went to the playground and played football! Pete hit John, but Mr. Temple, the games teacher, did not see.
After school, at four o’clock, Pete and 1 bought some ice-cream and I went to his house to listen to his new record. It is a nice record and I want to buy it, but now I have no money.
I came home at half past seven. Mum didn’t speak to me. She doesn’t like when I come home late after school. I had cold supper in the kitchen. After supper I did my French homework, but I didn’t do my history homework because I watched TV. I can do it at school during the break... .
Battle of Hastings ['baetl av 'heistioz] — битва при городе Гастингс(англичан с норманнами)
ice-cream ['ais kri:m] — мороженое
record ['rekad] — грампластинка
* * *
I.	Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте 2—3 предложения, в которых дано описание следующих героев рассказа:
Simon Carrot. His dog Pat. Jane, who sits in front of Simon. Nell, who gave Simon a piece of cake.
II.	Найдите в первой и второй частях текста и прочитайте предложения, в которых дано описание следующих уроков в понедельник:
Maths. French. History. Games.
III.	Расскажите о событиях одного дня из жизни Саймона, используя следующие ключевые слова:
woke up late had no time for breakfast gave a bad mark talked French took and copied talked to Nell ate little
played football bought ice-cream listened to came home had cold supper did French watched TV
260
Task 6
Прочитайте рассказ про кота, к!Й*рый подружился со школьниками.	X
Mr. Blue
(After М. Embry)
Part I
Miss Trott’s first form had a lesson in reading. Miss Trott called on Tim to read, but he did not know where to read. He stood and looked into the window. He saw a cat there. The cat sat on the balcony and looked into the classroom. He was a big grey blue cat with large bright eyes. It rained that morning and cats do not like rain. Miss Trott stood up, came to the window and saw the blue cat too.
«He wants to come in,» Tim said. «Can we let him in?» «No, no!» Miss Trott said.
The blue cat heard the teacher and looked at her with his large eyes as if he said, «Why not?»
The boys, and girls left their desks and went to the window to see the cat.
«He is cold!» Bess said. «Can he come in?»
«Well,» said Miss Trott, «just for a few minutes then.» She went to the door and called the cat, «Kitty-kitty-kitty!» The cat came to the door and stood there. He did not try to come in.
«Come in, Kitty. You wanted to come in,» said Bess.
The cat walked into the classroom, went round the room, looked into the bookcases and then went up to Bess. The girl touched the cat and said, «He is thin and he is hungry.»
«Мау I go -to the dining-room and bring some milk for him?» asked Tim.
«Yes, you may,» said the teacher.
The cat liked the milk. After breakfast he went to Miss Trott’s table and jumped on it. He sat down on the exercise-book and began to wash his face.
«Go away,» the teacher said. «He can’t sit on my desk,» she said to the children. The cat jumped down. He walked 261
round the room and then sat down in the corner and looked offended. Miss Trott$old the children to take out their books. Then they began to do ^jms.
During the break the children talked about the blue cat. Ann said, «We must know whose cat it is. 1 can take him to all the rooms and ask.»
«No, I want to take him. I saw him first,» said Tim.
Miss Trott told the children to write a notice and hang it in the hall. Tim wrote the notice.
We have found a big grey blue cat with large eyes. Room 14.
let him in — впустить его looked offended [a'fendid] — as if — как будто	выглядел обиженным
hungry ['hArjgri] — голодный notice [’noutis] — объявление
Part II
No boys or girls came to take Mr. Blue, as Bess called the cat. He sat ail day on a low bookcase in the classroom and was a good student. After school Miss Trott asked the children, «Well what are we going to do with the cat? He can’t stay here. School is not a place for a cat.» All the children stood round Miss Trott, looked into her face and said, «Miss Trott, let Mr. Blue stay with us.» Miss Trott looked at the children for some time and then said, «Let him stay!»
In the morning Bess came to school early. Mr. Blue met her at the playground. She had some fish for him and the cat ate it.
«What have you given him?» That was Tim with the other boys.
«Some breakfast,» Bess answered.
When lessons began, Mr. Blue was in the classroom and jumped on the children’s desks during the English lesson. Miss Trott did not like it and asked the blue cat to stay on the balcony.
The children did not see Mr. Blue after school when they went home. In the morning Mr. Blue was not present at the lessons. During the reading lesson Miss Trott stood at the window and looked into the garden, but she did not see Mr. Blue. 262
During the dinner break when the children were on the playground, Mr. Blue walked into the middle of it and sat down. The children were happy to see him. They touched him and told him nice words. Tim had some meat in a paper bag and he gave it to Mr. Blue. The cat liked the meat very much. Miss Trott was glad to see Mr. Blue too. She let him stay in the classroom.
The next morning the children did not bring any fish or meat for the cat. Mr. Blue looked at them with his large eyes as if he said, «Where is my breakfast?»
That morning the first form went to the hall to see a film. They liked the film very much and talked a lot about it when they came back into their classroom. Mr. Blue met them at the door. He wanted to go to the garden. Miss Trott opened the door for him. The children had a lesson in writing and wrote about the film.
After dinner break Mr. Blue met the children at the door of the classroom. Bess gave him some fish which she brought from the dining-room and then said, «Now we must make a time-table with the names of the boys and girls who must look after Mr. Blue each day.»
After school the time-table hung on the corner of the blackboard. Mr. Blue sat on the low bookcase and looked at the children with his large eyes as if he said, «Thank you, my good friends!»
next [nekst] — следующий
* * *
I. Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте предложения, в которых описывается:
Погода. Внешний вид кота. Поведение кота.
II. Найдите в тексте предложения, подтверждающие следующее:
1. Кот как будто понимал речь людей.
2. Учительница считалась с мнением своих учеников.
III. Найдите в рассказе и прочитайте ответы на следующие вопросы:
263
I.. Did the children like the cat?
2. Who brought some food for the cat?
3. What time-table did the children make?
Task 7
Прочитайте текст о Лондоне, столице Великобритании.
London
London, the capital of Great Britain, is a very old town. It is two thousand years old. Many years ago London was a small town on the Thames. There were a lot of villages round it and after many years London and three hundred villages grew into a very large city. Some of the names of those villages you can find in the names of the streets in modern London — Kensington, Westminster and others.
There were many wars in those days and people from other countries came to Great Britain and destroyed London, but new houses of stone grew up.
London stands not far from the sea. Many ships from other countries came to the port of London and brought cotton, food and other things. Factories grew in London and other cities. Many shops opened in the centre of London. In 1863 the first underground began to work. It was very short in those days.
Now London is a beautiful city with large squares and parks.
capital ['kaepital] — столица Great [greit] Britain ['britn] — Великобритания Thames [temz] — p. Темза to grow [grou] (grew [gru:]) — расти; становиться city ['siti] — большой город war [wo:] — война
to destroy [dis'troi] — разрушать
sea — море
ship — корабль
food — продовольствие underground [*Andagraund] — подземная железная дорога, метро
Прочитайте текст о лондонском Тауэре, одном из памятников старины.
264
The Tower of London
The Tower of London is a very old building in London. It is nine hundred years old. The Tower of London stands on the Thames.
In the early days of the history of England the English kings lived in the Tower. Then it was a prison where many people died. Black ravens had much food near the walls of the Tower in those years.
The black ravens live in the gardens of the Tower now. The English people like them very much. A man looks after the ravens and gives them meat in the morning and in the evening.
Now the Tower of London is a museum and many people from other countries come to see it. They see the dark stone halls with small windows and thick doors. The walls of the Tower are five metres thick. In the museum they can see many old guns.
At ten o’clock every evening the guards lock the big doors of the Tower for the night.
265
tower ['taua] — башня
Tower — Тауэр king — король prison ['prizn] — тюрьма to die [dai] — умирать
raven ['reivn] — ворон
gun — пушка
guards [gcudz] — стража to lock — закрывать на замок
I. Найдите в первом тексте и прочитайте предложения, подтверждающие следующие факты:
1. London grew into a large city.
2. London is a beautiful city.
II. Найдите во втором тексте и прочитайте ответы на следующие вопросы:
1.	How old is the Tower of London?
2.	Why did ravens live near the Tower?
3.	Are the walls of the Tower thin or thick?
Task 8
Прочитайте текст о реке Темзе, на которой стоит Лондон.
The Thames
The Thames is not a long river It is three hundred and thirty kilometres long and it runs into the sea. The English people call it «the Father of London*. London began on the Thames. When we go in a ship up the Thames we pass under London Bridge, the Tower Bridge and others. There is a museum of old ships on the Thames. These ships are from the history of Great Britain. One of these ships, the «Discovery», went to the South Pole in 1901 — 1904.
If we go down the Thames we pass the port of London and get to Greenwich — a very old town. We can see the place where the Greenwich Meridian passes.
river ['riva] — река	South [sauO] Pole — южный
bridge [bridj] — мост	полюс
discovery [dis'kAvari] — Greenwich ['grenitj] — г. Гринвич открытие	meridian [ma'ridian] — меридиан
266
Прочитайте тексты о некоторых достопримечательностях Лондона.
The Houses of Parliament is a very large building which stands near the Thames. There are two tall towers at the corners of the building and one of them is the Clock Tower.
The English people built the tower and the clock in 1858. The clock has four faces and a very big loud bell. The bell weighs 13 tons. The man in charge of the building was Sir Benjamin Hall. This man was very tall, and the workers and his friends called him Big Ben. So they called the bell Big Ben too. Sometimes people call the clock and the Clock Tower Big Ben.
The people of London who live near the Houses of Parliament can hear the sound of the bell every hour. Other people hear it on the radio. On New Year’s night people come to the Clock Tower to see the New Year in.
The Houses of Parliament ['pculamant] — Парламент to build [bild](built [bilt])— строить loud [laud] bell — громкий колокол
weighs [weiz] 13 tons [tAnz] — весит 13 тонн
in charge [tfctdsl of the building — отвечающий за строительство hour [’aua] — час
267
London Bridge
London Bridge is two thousand years old. The first bridge was of wood. Then people built the bridge of stone and called it London Bridge. There were houses and shops on it and people paid money when they crossed the bridge.
In 1831 a new bridge rose in the place of the first bridge. But the city grew very quickly and in 1960 the people of London wanted to build a large new bridge at that place.
A very rich American bought the old London Bridge as people buy old things. He wanted to show the old bridge in America to people for money. The people of London liked their old London Bridge. But the city needed money for the new bridge.
The American brought the parts of the bridge on a ship to Arisona in the USA. Workers built the old bridge but there was no river under it now, only a street. No ships pass under it now, only people walk along the street and look at the old bridge. In 1973 the new London Bridge was opened in the place of the old bridge over the Thames.
to pay (paid) — платить to cross [kros] — переходить to rise (rose) — подниматься rich — богатый
* * *
to need — нуждаться the USA — США (Соединенные Штаты Америки) was opened — был открыт
*
I. Назовите достопримечательности Лондона, о которых вы прочитали в текстах.
II. Найдите во втором тексте предложения, подтверждающие следующие факты:
1. The bell of the clock is very big.
2. The name of the bell is Big Ben.
III. Найдите в последнем тексте и прочитайте ответы на следующие вопросы:
1.	How old is London Bridge?
2.	Why did the city need a new bridge?
3.	Who bought the old London Bridge?
4.	Where is the old London Bridge now?
268
Task 9
Познакомьтесь с биографией австралийского писателя Алана Маршалла и прочитайте его небольшой рассказ о детях.
A. Marshall
Alan Marshall was born in 1902 in the family of a poor farmer in Australia. When Alan was six years old, he fell ill and after that could not walk. When the boy learned to walk on crutches, he walked for many hours every day in the fields. He learned to swim and he rode horses very well. Alan liked horses and dogs, trees and flowers and wanted to tell people about them. He began to write stories.
When Alan Marshall finished school he wanted to see his country. He travelled over Australia and learned very much about the history of his country. In his stories he wrote about the people who he met and the places that he saw in his travels. He wrote many good stories about children. You can read one of them in this book.
During the Second World War Alan Marshall was a war correspondent. For many years Alan Marshall was a good friend of our country. In 1978 the Soviet Union gave him the Order of the Friendship of the Peoples. Alan Marshall died in 1984.
was born — родился
Australia [os'treiljo] — Австралия fell ill — заболел could [kud] — мог crutches ['krxtfiz] — костыли rode horses — ездил верхом (на лошади)
to travel ['traeval] — путешествовать
the Order ]'o:do] of the Friendship ['frendjip] of the Peoples — орден Дружбы народов
to die [ dai] — умирать
Crossing the Road (After A. Marshall)
Two little girls and a dog stood at a crossing in a town in Australia. They wanted to cross the road. Annie was eight
269
years old. She was thin with long legs and arms. The girl’s cotton dress was old and her jacket was too large for her. Her little sister was a small girl with fair hair and a nice face. The dog was very small, but he stood and looked at the people around him like a very large and important dog. He had long hair which some time ago was black, but now it was a dirty grey colour. His black eyes watched the girls.
Cars ran quickly along the street. Trams were slow and very important because they carried many people. Annie took her little sister by the dress and said: «Be ready, Maisie, and run when I say.» She watched the cars and looked to the right and to the left. When there were only a few cars on the road Annie said «Come on!» and the girls ran to the middle of the street. The dog ran in front of them. But when the children were in the middle of the street they suddenly saw a big car near them.
«Run back, quickly!» said Annie and the girls ran back. When they stopped, they saw that the dog was not with them. He was already on the other side of the street.
The dog looked at the girls and began to run back to them. Annie' tried to stop him: «Go back there!» she cried. Maisie called out some words to the little dog too. The big car stopped in the middle of the road but it hit the little dog and he fell down.
When Annie saw this, she ran quickly to her little friend. She did not see the cars, she saw only the dirty little dog on the road. Maisie ran after her. Tram bells rang, men from cars and buses called out to the children to stop, but they did not hear them and ran op.
When they came up to the dog\ Annie took him, caught Maisie’s hand and they walked to the other side of the street. Soon the children were there. Annie looked at the dog and touched his legs and his head. The little dog licked her hands. Maisie watched them and touched the dog’s legs too. Annie put the dog down and he ran in front of the girls as they walked to a food shop.
270
important |im'po:tant] — важный
slow [slou] — медленный
to catch (caught [ko:t]) — схватить
to lick — лизать
I.	Найдите и прочитайте ответы на следующие вопросы:
1.	When and where was Alan Marchall bom?
2.	Why did he begin to write stories?
3.	What did he do during the war?
II.	Найдите и прочитайте предложения, в которых дано описание:
Annie. Her little sister. The little dog.
III.	Найдите предложения, подтверждающие следующее:
1.	The girls’ family was poor.
2.	Annie and Maisie loved their little dog.
3.	The dog loved the girls.
Task 10
Познакомьтесь с биографией английской писательницы Беатрисы Поттер и прочитайте один из ее рассказов о животных.
В. Potter (1866-1943)
Many years ago there lived a small girl in a large house in London. Her name was Beatrix. Her parents did not ask other boys and girls to come and play with their daughter.
Beatrix had only animals for her friends. She had dogs, cats, frogs, and a rabbit. Beatrix played with her animals and talked to them. The animals understood the girl and loved her very much. Beatrix write stories about her animal 271
and talked to them. The animals understood the girl and loved her very much. Beatrix write stories about her animal friends and told those stories to her little brother, her parents and their friends. She drew pictures for her stories too.
Time went on. Beatrix was not a little girl, but she still wrote stories about animals and drew pictures for those stories. She knew her animals so well that they were like people to her.
In 1900 Beatrix published her first book. The title of the first book was «The Tale of Peter Rabbit.» Then she wrote a lot of little books and she made pictures for them. Children read Beatrix Potter’s books and liked them very much.
So the hobby of a small girl helped her to find an interesting profession.
Beatrix ['biatriks] — Беатриса animal ['aenimal] — животное frog — лягушка rabbit ['raebit] — кролик
to publish	('рлЬН f] —
издавать tale — рассказ
hobby [*hobi] — любимое занятие, хобби
• The Story of Mr. Jeremy Fisher (After B. Potter)
Once there was a frog. His name was Mr. Jeremy Fisher. He lived in a little house near a pond. There was water on the floor of the house and Mr. Jeremy’s feet were always in the water. But he liked it, and he was never ill.
One day very early in the morning, he came out of his little house and saw the rain.
«I want to catch some nice fish for my dinner in the evening,» said Mr. Jeremy. «I have asked my two friends to come to dinner, they are Mr. Tortoise and Mr. Newt.»
Mr. Jeremy put on the raincoat and his galoshes. He took his rod and went to his boat. The boat was round and green. It was a leaf of a water-lily. Mr. Jeremy stood in the middle of his boat, and it went out into the open water. When he was in the middle of the pond, he stopped the boat 272
and sat down in it. Then he put his rod into the water and began to fish.
Soon Mr. Jeremy wanted to eat.
«I am going to eat some flies, I like them very much,» he said.
Suddenly he saw a black animal in the water.
«It is a water-rat,» said Mr. Jeremy, «I must go to some other place. That rat wants to eat me!»
And he went in his boat to another place and put his rod into the water. Soon he saw some fishes near his rod and he quickly pulled it up. There was a fish at the end of it but it was very small and thin, so Mr. Jeremy let it go back into the water. Then all the other little fishes put their heads out of the water and laughed at Mr. Jeremy.
Suddenly a very big fish came up quickly to Mr. Jeremy’s little green boat. The fish opened its big mouth and caught Mr. Jeremy with his rod. Then it went down and down into the water.
But Mr. Jeremy was in his raincoat and his galoshes and the big fish did not like the taste of the raincoat and the galoshes. It opened its mouth because it wanted to drink some water, and Mr. Jeremy jumped out of the fish’s mouth. Then he got out of the water and went home.
'His friends came to dinner, but Mr. Jeremy had no fish
10 Зак. 153
273
on his table. The Tortoise brought some salad in his bag, and he ate salad for his dinner.
But Mr. Jeremy and the Newt did not like salad, they ate a nice and fat grasshopper for dinner and they liked it very much.
«Fish is good but a grasshopper is good too,» said Mr. Jeremy Fisher.
once [wAns] — однажды tortoise ['txtas] — черепаха newt [nju:t] — тритон raincoat — дождевик, плащ rod — удочка boat [bout] — лодка leaf [li:f] — лист water-lily ['wortolili] — водяная лилия, кувшинка
* *
water-rat — водяная крыса
to pull [pul] — тянуть let it go — отпустил to fish — ловить рыбу fly [flai] — муха taste ['teist] — вкус grasshopper ['grcus,hop9] — кузнечик
*
I. Ответьте на следующие вопросы по биографии писательницы:
1.	When did Beatrix Potter live?
2.	Where did she live?
3.	Who were her friends?
4.	Who did the little girl tell her stories to?
II.	Найдите и прочитайте предложения, в которых дано описание следующего:
1.	The house of Mr. Jeremy Fisher was near the pond.
2.	The boat of Mr. Jeremy Fisher.
3.	Mr. Jeremy Fisher’s friends.
III.	Прочитайте предложения и распределите их по порядку в соответствии с последовательностью событий второй части рассказа.
When Mr. Jeremy Fisher let the,little fish go back into the water, all the other fishes laughed at him.
A very big fish caught Mr. Jeremy Fisher in its mouth.
Mr. Jeremy Fisher saw a rat and went to fish to another place.
274
READING IN APRIL AND MAY
Task 11
Прочитайте рассказ о преданности собаки. *
A Faithful Friend
This is a story about a small dog. People in Britain love dogs and like to read stories about dogs, but this is a true story.
Bobby was a terrier with long hair. Terriers are very small, but they are brave and clever. Bobby was a brave dog and there is a statue to him in Edinburgh — the capital of Scotland.
Bobby and his master lived in a village near Edinburgh about a hundred years ago. Bobby’s master was a farmer. Bobby helped him to look after the sheep.
When Bobby’s master was very old, he went to live in Edinburgh. But he left the dog on the farm with the new master. Bobby loved his old master very much and soon he ran away and went to the city to find his old friend. He looked here and there and ran along the streets of the city and at last he found his master. The man was poor and ill. Bobby stayed with his friend. He often went with his master to a caffe and Mr. Trail, the owner of it, always had some food for the little dog.
Soon Bobby’s master died and people did not see the dog for some time. Then one day Mr. Trail saw Bobby near his caffe and gave him some food. Bobby took the food and ran away. The dog came to the caffe five or six times. He took the food that Mr. Trail gave him but did not eat it. He ran away with it in his mouth. One day Mr. Trail went after Bobby and came to the cemetery. There he found the dog on the grave of his master. Bobby stayed there every day in good and bad weather. He sat under a big stone when it rained and Mr. Trail came and gave him food there.
But- soon some people began to ask questions. Why did the dog live in the cemetery? Did he have a master? Did he have a collar? They wrote these questions on a piece of paper and gave the paper to the mayor of Edinburgh. The mayor
liked dogs and decided to help brave little Bobby. He himself bought Bobby a collar with the dog’s name on it, and gave the dog «the freedom of the city» which they gave only to very important people. After that Bobby lived in Edinburgh for many years. People came to see the dog in the cemetery and children played with him. All the people in Edinburgh knew the dog and loved him.
When Bobby died, they put up a statue on his grave with his name and dates. Bobby’s collar is now in the museum.
faithful ['feiOful] — преданный, верный
true [tru:] — подлинная, не придуманная
terrier	['terio ] — терьер
(порода собак)
brave — храбрый
statue ['staetju:] — статуя collar ('kola] — ошейник mayor [mea] — мэр (города)
Edinburgh ['edinbara] — г. Эдинбург Scotland ['skotland] — Шотландия master ['masta] — хозяин owner ['ouna] — владелец cemetery ['semitri] — кладбище grave — могила to decide [di'said] — решать the freedom of the city — право свободного передвижения по городу
* * *
I.	Найдите и прочитайте ответы на следующие вопросы:
1.	When did Bobby’s master go to Edinburgh?
2.	Why did Bobby run away from the farm?
3.	How did Bobby find his master in Edinburgh?
4.	Why did people not see Bobby for some days?
5.	Who found the place where Bobby lived?
II.	Найдите в тексте и прочитайте предложения, в которых дано описание следующего:
1.	Bobby was a terrier.
2.	Bobby went to Edinburgh.
3.	Bobby was a faithful friend.
III.	Выберите из текста и прочитайте предложения, в которых говорится о любви людей к собакам и о преданности собак своим хозяевам.
276
Task 12
Познакомьтесь с биографией английского писателя Р. Л. Стивенсона и прочитайте отрывок из его романа «Похищенный».
R. L. Stevenson (1850—1894)
Robert Louis Stevenson was born in 1850 in Edinburgh, Scotland.
The boy was often ill and during the cold winters stayed in the house. He had no brothers or sisters. Books were his friends. Robert read about other countries and drew maps of different places which he wanted to see. The boy wrote stories of adventures on the sea and told those stories to his parents.
In summer when Robert was not ill, he travelled with his father over Scotland. At school he began to write stories and poems and wanted to be a writer; but his father was an engineer and wanted his son to be an engineer too. He said that writing poems and stories was only a hobby an.d not a profession.
Stevenson went to the Edinburgh university for some time, then he travelled in different countries and wrote many stories. In 1883 Stevenson published his book «Treasure Island». Readers liked the book very much. In 1886 Stevenson published his book «Kidnapped». Then other books of adventures came out. People in many countries now read Stevenson’s stories. The hobby of a small boy was now his profession. But the writer was very ill and in 1894 he died.
Robert Louis ['luis]
Stevenson . — Роберт Льюис Стивенсон
different f'diforant] — различный
adventure [ad'ventfa] — приключение
poem ['pouim] — стихотворение
«Treasure Island» [Чгезэ 'ailand]— «Остров сокровищ» «Kidnapped» ['kidnaept ] — «Похищенный»
277
Kidnapped
(After R. L. Stevenson)
Part I
This is a story about the adventures of a Scottish boy, David Balfour. His father and mother died, and he had to look for work when he was sixteen. David tells his story himself.
One morning in June, 1751, I left our house and went to see my uncle, Mr. Ebenezer Balfour. He lived in a big house and had no family. As I had no money, I walked all the way to my uncle’s house. I had a letter from my father to my uncle. I walked for two days and at last I came to a large house. It was near Edinburgh. I knocked at the door for a long time. At last I saw an old man with a gun at an open window.
«Who are you?» asked the old man.
«I am David Balfour,» I said, «and I have a letter from my father to Mr. Ebenezer Balfour.»
«Put the-letter by the door,» said the old man.
«No,» I said, «1*11 give it only into Mr. Balfour’s hands.» The old man did not speak for some time; Then he said, «You can come into the house,» and I walked.
At last he opened the door and I went in. It was a house with many rooms and a large kitchen. The old man lived there alone. On the table in the kitchen stood a plate of porridge.
«Give me the letter,» said the old man and I gave him my father’s letter.
«Yes, it is from my brother Alexander,» said the old man, «so you’re my nephew. But why have you come? You think I am rich and you want my help, don’t you?»
«No,» said I. «I came to give you my father’s letter. I don’t want your help — I have friends who can help me.»
«Now don’t be angry,» said my uncle. «Eat some porridge, and then you can go to bed. It is late now.»
278
Scottish — шотландский David Balfour ['belts] — Дэвид Белфур
he had to look for — он должен был искать
to knock [пэк] — стучать
alone [s'loun] — один, в одиночестве
porridge ['рэпбз] — овсяная каша
nephew ['nevju:] — племянник
Part II
In the morning for breakfast I had some porridge. The old man asked me many questions about my father and mother and then he said, «I must go to the port now. You will come with me. I must see the captain of a ship which will soon sail to America.»
We went to the port and there we met a tall dark man. That was the captain.
«You have come in time, Mr. Balfour. That is good,» he said. «We are going to sail this night.»
My uncle sat down to talk to the captain and he told me to go and look at the sea and the ships.
I walked about for some time near the sea and looked at the ships that were in the port. Then my uncle called me. The captain spoke to me in a very friendly way. He said:
«You may come on board my ship for half an hour. We’ll sail soon.»
I wanted very much to see the big ship, so the captain, my uncle and I got into a boat and it took us to the ship. The captain climbed up a ladder on to the deck and I climbed up behind him. When we were on board, I turned back to see where my uncle was, but the boat was on its way back to the port.
«Where is my uncle? Why is he not coming on board?» I asked the captain. Suddenly he hit me on the head and I fell down on the deck.
It was dark when I opened my eyes. I was in a little dark place. The ship was on its way. Then a door opened and two men came in. One of them was the captain. He told
279
me to get up and to go on deck. When I asked him to take me back to the port, the captain laughed and said:
«My ship is going to America. Your uncle has paid me well. I’ll take you to America and there you will work on the tobacco fields.»
I understood that I was kidnapped. I was alone and had no friends on board the ship, but I decided to run away when the ship came to America.
captain ['kaeptin] — капитан in a very friendly [’frendli] way — по-дружески on board [bo:d] — на борт
to sail [seil] —плыть (под парусами)
to climb [klaim] — взбираться deck — палуба
* * *
I. Найдите в первом тексте и прочитайте ответы на следующие вопросы:
1.	When and where was R. L. Stevenson born?
2.	How did he begin to write stories?
3.	When did he publish his books «Treasure Island» and «Kidnapped»?
II. Найдите во втором тексте (часть I) и прочитайте предложения, в которых дано описание следующего:
1.	David goes to see his uncle.
2.	The uncle meets David.
3.	The house where David’s uncle lives.
III.	Расскажите о событиях на корабле с помощью ключевых слов:
the captain hit ....
David was in ...,
He asked the captain to ....
the captain said ....
David understood that ... .
280
Task 13
Прочитайте легенду о судьбе английского юноши.
Dick Whittington and His Cat
Part I
Many, many years ago there was a little boy who lived in a village in England. His name was Dick Whittington. Dick’s father and mother died when he was very young and the boy did not remember them.
The village people often spoke about London, and Dick stood and listened to them. He wanted very much to go and see London: he thought that all the people in the capital were rich and that there was much gold in the streets.
One day a man came to the village. People said that the man was from London. Dick asked the man to take him to London, so the man took the boy with him. They walked for many days and at last they came to London.
Dick wanted very much to see the big city and the streets where there was much gold, so he ran off very quickly and did not say good-bye to the man. He ran and ran in the streets of London, but he did not see any gold. He saw that some of the people in the streets were poor and looked hungry.
Dick was also very hungry, but he had no money to buy food. He went and sat down near the door of a big house. This was the house of a rich man, Mr. Fitzwarren by name.
to remember [ri'memba] — gold [gould] — золото помнить	at last [last] — наконец
Part II
Soon Mr. Fitzwarren came home to dinner, and when he saw that there was a poor boy near his door, he asked him:
«What are you doing here? Where do you live?»
«I have come to London, sir, from a little village,» said Dick, «and I am very hungry, 1 have not eaten for two days.» 281
Mr. Fitzwarren was a good man. He took Dick into his house and told him to work in the kitchen and help the cook.
Dick began to live in Mr. Fitzwarren’s house. The cook was a bad woman and she often hit the boy. Dick slept in a little room on the ground floor. There were many holes in the floor and the walls of this room. In the night rats and mice came out of the holes and ran over Dick’s bed.
One day Mr. Fitzwarren gave the boy a penny and Dick bought a cat for it. The cat lived in Dick’s little room and every night it killed a lot of rats and mice. Soon there were no rats and mice in the house.
Mr. Fitzwarren had ships which sailed to different countries with goods from London. For these goods he got different things from other countries.
One day he called all his servants and said to them: «My ship is going to Africa. If you give the captain some of your things he may bring you back some goods from Africa.»
All the servants had things that they did not need and they gave them to the captain. Only Dick had no things. When Mr. Fitzwarren asked Dick what he had, the boy said:
«I have a cat which can catch rats and mice.» The captain took Dick’s cat on the ship and soon the ship sailed to Africa.
hole — дыра	goods — товары
mice [mais] — мыши	servant ['sa:vant] — слуга
to kill — убивать
Part III
One day the bad cook hit Dick again and the boy thought, «I must run away from Mr. Fitzwarren’s house.»
Very early the next morning Dick came out of the house and walked to the end of the city. There he sat down on a big stone. To this day the people of London call this stone «Dick Whittington’s stone».
Then Dick heard the church-bells which began to ring. He listened and heard these words:
282
«Turn again, Whittington,
Lord Mayor of London.»1
«Lord Mayor of London!» said Dick, «I may be Lord Mayor of London when I grow up. Well, then I must go back to Mr. Fitzwarren’s house.»
And he turned and ran very quickly back to Mr. Fitzwarren’s house.
The ship with Dick Whittington’s cat on it sailed for many weeks and at last it came to Africa. Many black people came to look at the white people and the king of the country asked the captain to come to his palace, where he gave him a very good dinner. There were many rats and mice in the room. They ran over the tables and over the people who sat at the table.
The captain remembered poor Dick and his cat. He told the king, «I have an animal on the ship that can kill the rats and mice.»
«Bring this animal to me,» said the king, «and I’ll give you much gold for it.»
The captain went to the ship and came back quickly with Dick’s cat in his arms. When the cat saw the rats and mice on the table and in the room, it jumped down and began to catch and kill them. The king was very happy and gave the captain much gold for the cat and some rich presents for Dick. When the ship came back to London, the captain gave the gold and the presents to Dick. So Dick was a rich young man now.
After some time Dick Whittington married Mr. Fitzwarren’s daughter Alice. They were very happy and had many children.
The people of London made Richard Whittington Lord Mayor, and his statue with the cat in his arms stood in London till the year 1780.
church-bell [’tfa:tfbel] — церковный palace ['paelis] — дворец колокол	to marry — жениться
Lord Mayor (тгэ] — лорд-мэр
(титул главы местных органов власти)
1 Вернись обратно, Уиттингтон,
Лорд-мэр Лондона.
283
I. Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте ответы на следующие вопросы:
1.	Where did Dick live when he was a little boy?
2.	Why did Dick want to go to London?
3.	How did Dick go to London?
4.	Did Dick find any gold in the streets of London?
II.	Найдите во второй части текста и прочитайте предложения, в которых дано описание следующего:
1.	Dick lives in Mr. Fitzwarren’s house.
2.	Dick buys a cat.
3.	Mr. Fitzwarren’s ship goes to Africa.
III.	Прочитайте следующие предложения и распределите их в порядке следования событий.
So Dick was a rich man now.
Dick wanted to run away from Mr. Fitzwarren’s house.
The people of London made Whittington Lord Mayor of London.
Dick heard the church-bells and came back to the house.
Dick married Mr. Fitzwarren’s daughter.
The captain got much money for Dick’s cat.
Task 14
Прочитайте рассказ о том, как два брата приехали навестить своего дедушку.
Bluebird (After М. Durward)
Part I
Bill and Harry, two English boys, were brothers. Bill was thirteen years old and Harry was ten. They lived with their father and mother in London, but every summer they went to stay with their grandfather, who lived by the sea.
One summer day Bill and Harry went to their grandfather. The boys went into the station, got their tickets and went along the platform to the train.
They jumped on the train and sat down by the window. 284
«We are going now,» said Bill when the train left the station.
«The train is going very fast,» said Harry.
«Yes, it is not far,» said Bill, «we can soon be there.»
«I can see the station where we must get off,» Harry said, when the train went under a bridge and then stopped at a small station. «Come, Harry,» said Bill and the two brothers jumped off the train.
The boys walked along the platform and looked for their grandfather.
«There he is!» said Harry and the boys ran up to an old man.
«Oh, here you are,» said Grandfather. Then they all went to his little house by the sea.
bluebird ['blu:ba:dj — синяя птица
station	['steijnj — станция,
вокзал	i
ticket ['tikit] — билет
platform j'plaetfo:m] — платформа, перрон
train [trein] — поезд
fast [fast] — быстрый, быстро
Part II
When they came to the little house by the sea, Grandfather said:
«Now we are going to have lunch.»
«When can we go out a boat?» asked Bill when they sat down to lunch.
«We can go in a boat after lunch,» said Grandfather, «but hurry up.»
After lunch the boys ran off to their room. They put on their caps and coats, then they all went to the sea shore and looked at the boats.
«This is my sailing boat,» said Grandfather. He put up the sails and together with the boys got into the boat. Soon they were in the open sea. Suddenly the boys saw a boat with blue sails.
«I like that little blue boat,» said Harry.
285
«That is Bluebird,» said Grandfather. «She is Tony’s new boat!»
«She looks a fast boat,» said Bill.
The wind blew hard and the boat went fast over the water.
«Come over here, Bill, and you can help me with the sails,» said Grandfather.
shore [Jo:] — берег (моря, озера)	sail [seilj — парус
sailing ['seilig] boat — парусная лодка hard — сильно
Part III
«There is Bluebird,» said Grandfather when they saw the little boat in the open sea. The wind blew hard and Bluebird went fast over the water.
«She has blue sails and she looks like a blue bird,» said Harry.
«Can Tony sail her well?» asked Bill.
«Not very well,» answered Grandfather and he looked up at the sky.
«The wind is getting up,» he said, «I think we must go after Bluebird and help Tony.»
Suddenly Bill said, «Oh, look, Tony is in the water, the boat has overturned! Can he swim?»
«Yes, he can swim, but we must help him and get Bluebird back,» said Grandfather.
Grandfather’s sailing boat went very fast and soon it came up to Tony.
«Get into my boat, Tony,» said Grandfather. «You look very cold, put my coat on,» he said when the boy got into the boat.
Grandfather caught Bluebird and fixed it up to his boat.
«Thank you very much for your help,» said Tony.
«I must teach you to sail Bluebird well,» said Grandfather.
«Oh, thank you,» said Tony.
They sailed back and went up to Grandfather’s house for tea.
to sail — управлять парусной лодкой to overturn [*ouvato:n] — sky [skai]—небо	опрокидываться
286
* * *
I. Ответьте по первой части текста на следующие вопросы:
I.	How old were the boys?
2.	Where did they live?
3.	Where did the boys* grandfather live?
4.	How did the boys go to their grandfather?
5.	Did the grandfather meet the boys?
П. Расскажите о поездке мальчиков к дедушке, используя
следующие ключевые слова:
lived by the sea went to see went by train met the boys had lunch went to the sea put up the sails got into the boat
were in the open sea saw a boat
blew hard
went after ... to help was in the water look ... into their boat sailed back
Task 15
Прочитайте рассказ о приключениях мальчиков на берегу моря во время прилива.
The Light on the Rock (After M. Durward)
Part I
Bill and Harry, two brothers, every summer came to live with their grandfather near the sea.
One day the boys took some bread and butter with them and went down to the sea. They sat on the sand and looked at the little, boats on the water. Soon a boat came up to them.
«Hullo, Tony!» Bill called to the boy in the boat.
«Hullo, Bill!» Tony called back. Then he got out of the boat and went up to the two boys.
«Tony, will you take us out in your boat?» asked Harry.
287
«Not today, Harry,» said Топу, «I must help at home this morning. I am going home now.»
«Well!» said Bill, «we can go to the rocks and see the caves there. When you finish your work, Tony, come there too!»
«All right!» said Tony and he went down the road.
Bill and Harry began to walk along the sand. It was not far to the caves and soon they could see them. They left their things on the sand and went into the first cave. It was very cold and dark there and they could not see much. The next cave was also dark.
When they came out on the sand again, Bill looked over to the place where their things were. Suddenly he cried, «Look at that dog! It’s eating our lunch!» The dog looked up and saw the boys. Then it ran off along the sand with one of Bill’s sandals in its mouth. Bill ran after it, but the little dog ran very quickly. Bill began to laugh.
«We left our bread and butter for that dog,» he said.
rock — скала	cave — пещера
sand — песок
Part. II
«Let’s go and see the beacon,» said Bill. The boys left Bill’s other sandal on the sand and walked along the rocks. They came to a big rock and at the top of it saw the beacon. It gave out a very bright light at night. The boys could see it from their grandfather’s house.
Suddenly it began to rain. Bill looked up at the sky.
«There’s a storm coming up,» he said. «We must run home quickly.»
But Harry looked at the water at his feet. It was the tide which always came in at this time of the day. «There is no way over the rocks and we cannot swim so far,» he said.
«No, we can’t,» said Bill, «we must go up to the beacon, it is on a big rock and the water can not get up there.» And the two brothers began to climb up the big rock to the beacon.
The weather was good when Tony went out after lunch
288
to meet Bill and Harry. He walked along the rocks and saw that the water was almost up to the caves.
«Where are the boys?» thought Tony and he looked into the caves, but the boys were not there. He sat down on a rock. Suddenly it began to rain. Tony looked up at the sky.
«There’s a storm coming up,» he said to himself. «But where can the boys be?»
Then suddenly he saw the light of the beacon. Tony jumped up.
«They must be on that big rock where the beacon is. They don’t know that the tide cuts off the rock. Yes, they are there. I can see them. They are waving something. 1 must run back and tell their grandfather.»
beacon |'bi:kan] — маяк	to cut off — отрезать
top — вершина	to wave — махать
tide — прилив
i Part III
Grandfather saw Tony from the window and asked:
«Have you seen Bill and Harry?»
«Yes, they are out on the rock where the beacon is,» said Tony. «I saw them there.»
«The beacon rock?» said Grandfather.
«Yes,» said Tony. «My father is in the motor-boat. He can take us out to the beacon.»
«It must be very difficult to get them off the rock in this wind,» said Grandfather, as they ran along the sand. Tony showed him where the big motor-boat was and soon they were on their way to the big rock. But the motor-boat could not come up to it because there were many small rocks and stones in the water. The motor-boat went out to sea again.
All this time Bill and Harry were on the beacon rock. They were very cold and hungry. The rain did not stop and the wind blew hard. Soon they saw a motor-boat on the sea. «It must be Tony and Grandfather,» said Bill.
The boys watched the boat. They saw that the motor-boat
289
could not come up to the big rock. Soon it went out to sea again. Harry began to cry.
«Don’t cry,» said Bill. «Look, there are people down there on the sand. They are waving to us.»
Bill took off his shirt and began to wave back. Then the people went away.
Soon the rain stopped and the sun came out. Harry looked up at the sky and cried, «А helicopter!» Look, Bill,
290
The helicopter was soon over the big rock. Then it stopped.
A. door in it opened and a man came down a ladder.
«Hullo,» he said as he jumped down on the rock. «You did not think that a helicopter could fly here, did you?»
«No,» said Bill and Harry, «But we are very happy you have come.»
«How did you know we were here?» asked Bill.
«Some people saw you from the sand and told us where you were,» said the man.
Soon they were in the helicopter and flew over the sea.
«Look, Harry. There’s Grandfather and Tony in the motorboat. They are going home too,» said Bill.
wind [wind] — ветер hard [hcud] — сильный to cry — кричать
helicopter ['helikopta] — вертолет to fly' (flew [flu:]) — летать
★ * *
I. Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте отрывки, где дается описание следующих эпизодов:
1.	Bill and Harry walked to the sea.
2.	The boys met their friend Tony.
3.	The boys went to the caves.
II.	Выберите из второй части текста предложения, передающие главные события. Следующие ключевые слова помогут вам:
the rocks	tide
beacon	a big rock
storm
III.	Ответьте по третьей части текста на следующие вопросы:
1.	Why was it difficult to run in the storm?
2.	Whfere did Tony run?
3.	What did Tony tell the boys’ grandfather?
4.	How did they go to the rocks?
5.	Why couldn’t the motor-boat come up to the rock?
291
Task 16 Прочитайте рассказ о приключениях детей в старом замке.
The Secret of Green Dragon (After M. Durward)
Part 1
Nancy looked down the road.
«Неге is Richard,» she called to Mike. «He has Sally with him.»
She ran down the road to meet him.
«Hullo, Mike!» called Richard when they came into the garden. Mike looked up.
«Hullo, Richard,» he said. «1 am glad you have come; but why did you bring that silly little dog with you?»
«You said we’ll go up to Green Dragon and you know Sally likes to run about,» said Richard.
«Yes, I know, but she will run about in places where she must not, if we take her up there to the castle,» said Mike. «I think' she must stay at home.»
«Sally is coming with us,» said Nancy.
«Well, you will look after her then,» Mike said.
«It’s time to go,» said Richard. They got their things and went to Green Dragon.
Green Dragon was a castle. In the past it was a very big castle but now it was in ruins. The children called it Green Dragon, as it had a big green dragon made of stone over the place where the door once was. It was a good place to play. They went along by the river and then came to the bridge. Here Mike stopped.
«If we go Over the bridge and along that road we can go round by the farm,» he said.
«Yes, I like that road,» said Richard.
«So do I,» said Nancy, «and we can see Danny when we come to the farm.»
292
«Look! There is Danny on the tractor!» called Richard when they came to the farm. They all raced over to Danny.
«Where are you going?» asked Danny.
«We are going up to Green Dragon,» said Richard.
«If you look well, you may find Green Dragon’s secret,» said Danny.
«There is no secret,» said Mike.
«Oh, yes, there is,» said Danny, «and someone will find it one day.»
, secret ['siikrit]— секрет, тайна castle f'kcvsl]—замок dragon ['draegan] — дракон in ruins [’ru:inz]— разрушен I am glad — Я рад	someone ['sAmwAn] — кто-то,
кто-нибудь
Part II
When they came to Green Dragon, they sat down on the grass in front of the castle and had lunch. Nancy looked up at the green dragon.
«Shall we look for t-he secret after lunch?» she asked.
«You can if you like,» said Mike, «but I am going down to the river.»
«I think I’ll come with you Mike,» said Richard. «If there is a secret, we’ll never find it.»
«Well I am going to look for it,» said Nancy and she went over to the castle. Sally ran after her.
Mike lay back on the grass. «Girls are silly,» he said.
Nancy came to the castle and looked at the green dragon.
«I think you have got a secret,» said Nancy. «Come on, Sally. We’ll look round.» And Nancy went from room to room. Sally raced all over the place. Then she ran into a hole in the wall. Nancy called and called to her, but the dog did not come back. So Nancy climbed into the hole after her.
Behind the wall was a little room and there was Sally. The little dog was scratching at the stones. She did not see Nancy. Suddenly there was a crash and a lot of big stones fell down. Nancy was very frightened. Sally was frightened too and ran up to Nancy. Nancy sat down by the little dog
293
and looked round the room. Where was the hole? There was no hole now, only stones where the hole once was.
«How shall we get out of here?» said Nancy. But there was no way out. The little girl began to pull the stones one by one, but they were very big. Suddenly something fell to the floor. She picked it up.
«What a nice little box!» said Nancy. «I must open it.»
But it was difficult to open the box. At last she hit it on a stone and the box opened.
«Look, Sally! Look!» 'she called to the little dog. «Look at the money in the box!»
never J'neva] — никогда to lie (lay) — лежать hole [houl] — дыра
was scratching [’skraetfirj] — царапала
crash [kraejj — грохот was frightened [’fraitond] — испугалась
something ['sAm0ip] — что-то
Part III
Nancy put the money back in the box. Then she looked up at the green dragon over the wall.
«Is that your secret?» she asked. The green dragon did not answer. Then Nancy went round the room again.
«There is no way out,» she said. «I must call Mike. Mike, Mike!» she called, but the boy did not hear her. She called again and again.
At last Mike called back, «Where are you, Nancy?»
«I am in a little room behind the green dragon. Can you get me out?»
«I think so,» said Mike and soon he and Richard ran up to the wall.
«There are many big stones here in the room,» said Nancy.
«Yes,» said Mike. «I am coming to you,» and he climbed up the wall and jumped down into the room where Nancy was.
The children put some big stones near the wall and then they could climb up over it and jump down on to the road near the castle.
294
«It was lucky the wall did not fall on you,» said Mike. «This will teach you not to look for Green Dragon’s secret.»
«Oh, the secret?» said Nancy, «but here it is.»
«Don’t be silly!» said Mike.
«I am not silly,» said Nancy and she showed him the little box with the money in it. «Sally helped me to find it.»
«It is old money,» said Mike, «we must take it to Mr. Kelly, the school teacher.»
On the way back they saw Danny on the tractor.
«Hullo!» he called. «Did you find Green Dragon’s secret?»
«Yes,» said Richard, «Nancy found a little box with some old money in it, we are taking it to Mr. Kelly.»
When Mr. Kelly heard about Green Dragon’s secret, he said:
«This is a very interesting story. 1’11 put this old money in the school museum and tell my class how Nancy found it.»
lucky [Члк1] — удачно
1. Ответьте по первой части текста на следующие вопросы:
1.	Where did Mike and Nancy want to go?
2.	Who went with them?
3.	Who told them about the secret of Green Dragon?
II.	Найдите во второй и третьей частях и прочитайте 2—3 предложения по каждому пункту плана:
1.	The children have lunch.
2.	Nancy goes into the castle and looks for the secret.
3.	The boys go to the river.
4.	Big stones fall down over the hole.
5.	Nancy finds the secret.
Task 17
Прочитайте рассказ о традиционных для Англии соревнованиях в ловкости.
Races in England
In England there is a day for pancakes. It is usually in March. At home families have pancakes for dinner. At school the children and teachers have pancakes for school dinner.
295
In some villages and towns in England there is a pancake race every year. Mothers of families run these races. First they must make a pancake and then run four hundred metres with the pancake on the frying-pan in their hands. When they are running this race they must throw the pancake up three times and catch it on the frying-pan. They must not let it fall down?
The fathers and the children watch the mothers and call out to them: «Run, Mum, run quickly!»
At some universities students run pancake races too.
If the university is near the sea there are swimming pancake races. The students take their frying pans with the pancakes and swim with them. They hold the frying-pan in one hand. They must throw the pancake up and catch it on the pan.
In some English towns there is also an egg-and-spoon race. People who run this race, men and women, boys and girls, must carry an egg in a spoon. They must not let it fall down. If the egg falls and breaks, they must pick it up with the spoon.
In the three-legged race boys or girls run in pairs, with the right leg of one boy or girl tied to the left leg of the other. They don’t run very quickly, because they don’t want
296
to fall. The people who watch the egg-and-spoon race and the three-legged race always laugh very much.
race [reis] — соревнование, гонка, соревноваться pancake ['paenkeik] — блин frying-pan ['fraiirjpaen] — сковорода	to throw [Grou] (threw [Gru:])— бросать let it fall down — дать ему упасть egg — яйцо three-legged ['legid] race — бег на трех ногах pair [реэ] — пара tied [taid] — привязанный
* * *
I. Найдите в тексте и прочитайте 2—3 предложения, в которых дано описание следующих соревнований:
1.	Mothers of families run races.
2.	Students run pancake races.
3.	The egg-and-spoon race.
4.	The three-legged race.
II.	Скажите по-английски или по-русски, в каком из описанных в тексте соревнований вы хотели бы участвовать.
Task 18
Прочитайте текст о любимых занятиях английских школьников в свободное время.
Hobbies
What is a hobby? It is what you like to do when you are not at school. Some boys and girls like photography or drawing, wood work or growing flowers. Many boys and girls like to make gliders of paper. Girls like to make toys or dresses for dolls.
Hobbies are your friends when Mother and Father are not at home, or when it is raining. Hobbies help you to learn many interesting things. When you leave school you may
297
take your hobby as a profession. You will read about the hobbies of some children.
photography [fo'togrofi] — growing — выращивание фотографирование	glider ['glaida] — планер
doll — кукла
Ben’s Hobby
Ben’s hobby is playing chess. He is learning to play the game and usually plays with his father. It is difficult to play chess. Ben must know what his father is going to do. When Ben plays chess, he is learning to think.
Sometimes Ben plays with his friend John. They play chess in the garden or in John’s house. John plays chess very well and he says it helps him to play football. He sees the playground as he sees the chess board.
board [bo:dj — доска
Alice’s Hobby
Alice likes to have a lot of dresses. She does not like dresses in shops; so she makes her dresses herself. Alice learned to make dresses when she was a little girl and made dresses for her dolls.
Now she is fourteen. She makes her dresses herself. Alice can make a blouse and a skirt too. She has a little sister. Sue, who is five. Alice makes dresses for Sue too.
Kite-Flying
Kite-flying is an old hobby in England. Many years ago people in London liked kite-flying. In our days young men and old men, women and children take their kites to the parks and throw them up into the sky. The kites are of many colours. 'Some of them are square and others have three corners. Some kites are like boxes, some look like balls or flowers. Many people, and children too, make their kites
298
themselves. They make kites of paper, and fix bright ribbons to them. Some people buy their kites in shops.
In Japan there is a tradition to throw a kite into the sky when a child is born in the family.
kite-flying — запуск воздушного змея
sky [skai] — небо
to look like — быть похожим
ribbon ['ribn] — лента fix — укреплять tradition [tro'difn] — традиция
299
I. Найдите во втором тексте и прочитайте ответы на следующие вопросы:
1.	Why is it difficult to play chess?
2.	What is Ben learning when he plays chess?
3.	How does playing chess help John in football?
II.	Найдите в третьем тексте и прочитайте ответы на следующие вопросы:
1. Why does Alice like to make dresses?
2. When did Alice learn to make dresses?
III. Перескажите содержание последнего текста, пользуясь вопросами как планом:
1.	In what country do people like kite-flying very much?
2.	What are kites made of?
3.	Can you make a kite?
Task 19
Прочитайте рассказ о том, что случилось однажды с мальчиком в цирке.
Randy and the Tiger
In summer a circus gave performances in the town park. Randy was at one of the performances and liked it very much, but he sat very far and did not see the animals well. When the performance was over, Randy came out into the park and met two big boys from his school. They decided to go to the tent where the cages of the animals were and look at the animals.
They went behind the tent and looked into it, but they did not see the animals well because it was already evening. Then Randy decided to crawl under the tent and go up to the cages. The boys did not know that the man who looked after the animals did not lock the tiger’s cage. The animal was tied to the cage with a chain. The chain was long and the tiger could come out of the cage and walk about near it.
Randy was in the tent when the tiger saw the boy and
300
jumped at him. Randy fell to the floor and began to call for help. The tiger stood over the boy and looked at him.
At that time the animal trainer, who was a young woman, came into the tent and saw the boy under the tiger. She jumped on the tiger’s back, caught the chain and pulled the tiger’s head back. The animal looked at the trainer and left the boy. Randy began to crawl back away from the tiger. He wanted to get out of the tent. But the tiger caught the boy by the head and pulled him back.
Blood ran over the boy’s face and hands. Then the tiger began to play with the boy like a cat plays with a mouse. He caught the boy by the hand, then by the leg. Randy cried and cried with pain.
The trainer was a brave woman. She caught the chain again and pulled the tiger’s head back. Then she put her left hand into the animal’s mouth and the tiger left the boy. Randy stood up and ran out of the tent. There was blood on his head, hands, and legs. Now the trainer had to pull her hand out of the animal’s mouth. She hit the tiger on the head and quickly pulled her hand out of its mough, but the animal shut his teeth over her little finger. Blood ran over her left hand but the trainer pulled the tiger with her right hand into the cage, and locked the door behind the animal.
People took her and Randy to the hospital where they stayed for some time.
tiger ['taiga] — тигр	trainer [’treina] — дрес-
circus ['sa:kas] — цирк	сировщица
gave performances [pa'faimansiz] — blood [blAd] — кровь давал представления	mouse [maus] — мышь
cage — клетка	with pain [pein] — от боли
chain [tjein]—цепь	finger ['figga] — палец
* * *
I.	Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте ответы на Следующие вопросы:
1.	Why didn’t Randy see the animals well?
2.	Who did he meet in the park?
301
3.	Where did the boys decide to go?
4.	How did Randy get into the tent?
5.	Why could the tiger come out of the cage?
6.	What did the tiger do when it saw the boy?
II.	Найдите и прочитайте предложения, в которых описаны действия следующих персонажей:
Randy. The trainer. The tiger.
ТРАНСКРИПЦИЯ
[i] — in	[э] — dog
[e] — pen	[л] — bus
[ae] — bag [u] — book
[aj — sister
[i:]—tree	[э:| — fork
[cv] — car	[u:| — blue
(a:] - girl
[ei ] — plate [ai] — nine [oi] — boy [au] — house
[ou] — rose [ia] — ear [ea] — hair [ua] — poor
[p] — pen [b] - bed [t] — ten [d] — desk [k] — cat [g] - go [f ] — face [v] — five [OJ — three [6] - this [s] — stone [z] — rose
[h] — hat
[f] - shelf
[3] — pleasure [tf] — chair [d31 — page [m] — man [n ] — no
[0]— long [w] — wall [1] — lamp [r] — red [j] - yes
Памятка
Умейте работать co словарем
Научившись быстро работать со словарем учебника, вы обретаете верного друга и помощника. А для того чтобы этому научиться, рассмотрите его внимательно и запомните следующее:
1.	Слова в словаре находятся в алфавитном порядке, причем место слова определяется не только начальной буквой, но и последующими. Например:
ago, almost, alone, along.
Отсюда вывод: тому, кто плохо знает алфавит, работать со словарем будет трудно. А это значит: прежде всего повторите (а если не знаете до сих пор — выучите!) английский алфавит.
303
2.	После каждого слова в словаре дана транскрипция. Она подскажет вам, как правильно прочесть слово. Например:
bookcase ['bukkeis] friend [frend] knife [naif]
3.	После скобок транскрипции вы увидите английские сокращения. Например:
above [э'Ьлу] prep над
Что означает каждое из них, вы узнаете, если заглянете в самое начало словаря. Там их целый список.
4.	Любое слово в словаре всегда стоит в своей начальной форме. Значит, по слову, встретившемуся в тексте, надо определить именно эту форму. Как? От-бррсить его окончание. Например, если в тексте слово имеет форму множественного числа, нужно отбросить окончание «-s» («-es»); если глагол стоит во второй или третьей форме — отбросить «-ed», а если глагол неправильный, то вспомнить (найти) его первую форму.
5.	Не забудьте, что найденное вами слово может иметь несколько значений. Из них нужно выбрать только то, которое подходит по смыслу предложения.
Vocabulary
а — adjective [*aed3iktiv] — прилагательное
adv — adverb [*aedva:b] — наречие cj — conjunction [kan'dsAgkfn] — союз
int — interjection [,inta'd3ekjn] — междометие
n — noun [naun] — существительное
num — numeral [*nju:maral] — числительное
pl — plural ['pluaral] — множественное число
pr n— proper noun ['propa'naun] — собственное имя
prep — preposition [,prepa'zifn] — предлог
pron — pronoun ['prounaun] — местоимение
v — verb [vo:b] — глагол
304
а [а] неопределенный артикль (перед согласными)
about1 [a'baut] prep о, об; по
(место совершения действия) about2 [a'baut]adu кругом; приблизительно, около
above [э'Ьлу] prep над
absent J'aebsant] а:
be absent отсутствовать act [aekt] v исполнять (роли) address [a'dres] n адрес adventure [ad'ventja] n приклю-
чение
after ['cvfta] prep, cj после afternoon [*cvfta'nu:n] n время после полудня in the afternoon днем
again [a'gein] adv снова, опять ago [a'gou] adv тому назад air [еэ] n воздух almost [’oilmoust] adv почти alone [a'loun] а один, одинокий along [э'1эг)] prep вдоль alphabet [*aelfabit] n алфавит already [arl'redi] adv уже also [*o:lsou] adv тоже, также always ['a:lwaz] adv всегда am [aem] 1-е л. ед. ч. наст, времени глагола be
ап [ап] неопределенный артикль (перед гласными)
and [aend, an(d)] cj и
angry [*aeogri] а сердитый animal ('aenimal] n животное another [э'плбэ] a, pron другой answer ['cunsa] n ответ; о отвечать any ['enij а любой apple ['aepl] n яблоко April [’eipril] n апрель аге [си] мн. ч. наст, времени гла-
гола be
arm [cum] п рука (от кисти до плеча)
armchair [’curntjea] п кресло
article [’cutikl] п статья
artist ['cutist] п художник
arts [cuts] п изобразительное искусство
as [aez, az] adv, cj как; в то время как
as if как будто
ask [cusk] v спрашивать
at [aet, at] prep у, в
ate [eft] cm. eat
attentive [a’tentiv] а внимательный
August [*D:gast] n август
aunt [cunt] n тетя
autumn ['o:tamj n осень
В
back [baek] adv назад, обратно; n задняя или оборотная сторона; спина
bad [baed] а плохой
bag [baegj п сумка, портфель
balcony ['baelkani] п балкон
ball [Ьэ:1] п мяч
bathroom ['bcuOrum] п ванная (комната)
battle J'baetl] n битва
be [bi:] и (was, were, been) быть, находиться
beautiful [*bju:tiful] а красивый because [bi'kaz] cj потому что bed [bed] n постель, кровать
^before [bi'fa:] prep перед, до bell [bel] n звонок began [bi'gaen] cm. begin begin [bi'gin] v (began, begun) начинать
begun [ЬГдлп] см. begin
11 Зак. 153
305
behind [bi'haind] adv, prep позади, сзади
bench [bentj] n скамья between [bi'twiin] prep между big (big] а большой biology [bai'obdsi] n биология birthday ['ba:0dei] n день рождения black [blaek] а черный blackboard [*blaekbo:d] n классная
доска
block [bbk] n квартал (города) blood [blAd] n кровь blouse [blauz] n блузка blue [blu:] а синий
board [bo:d] n борт (корабля), доска
boat [bout] n лодка book [buk] n книга bookcase ('bukkeis] n книжный шкаф
boot [bu:t] n ботинок
born [bom] v:
be born родиться bottle ['botl] n бутылка bought [bo:t] cm. buy box [boks] n коробка, ящик boy [boi] n мальчик brave [breiv] а храбрый bread [bred] n хлеб break [breik] n перемена; v
(broke, broken) ломать breakfast ['brekfast] n завтрак bridge |brid3] n мост bright [brait] а яркий bring [brig] и (brought, brought)
приносить
broke [brouk] cm. break broken ['broukn] cm. break brother ['Ьглбэ] n брат brought [bro:t] cm. bring brown [braun] а коричневый brush [ЬглУI n щетка; v чистить щеткой
build [bild] v (built, built) строить building ['bildio] n здание built [bilt] cm. build bus [bAs] n автобус but [bAt] cj HO butter ['Ьа4э] n масло buy [bai] v (bought, bought) покупать
by [bai] prep при, около by bus автобусом
C
cage [keid3] n клетка caffe ('kaefeij n кафе cake [keik] n торт; пирожное call [ko:l] v звать
call out кричать, выкрикивать came [keim] cm. come camp [kaemp] n лагерь can [kaen, kan] v мочь cap (kaep) n кепка capital ['kaepitl] n столица captain ['kaeptin] n капитан car [kcu] n машина, автомобиль carry ['kaeri] v нести cat [kaet] n кошка catch [kaetf] v (caught, caught)
ловить
caught [ko:t] см. catch celebrate ('seiibreit] v праздновать celebration [,seli'breijh] n празднование
cemetery ('semitri] n кладбище centre ('senta] n центр chair [tjca] n стул chalk [tfo:k] n мел chain [tjein] n цепь change [tjeind3] v меняться), изменяться); n изменение chess [tjes] n шахматы child [tjaild] n ребенок
306
children [’tjildran] n (pl от child) дети
cinema ['sinsma] n кинотеатр circus [’saikas] n цирк city ['sitij n большой город classroom ['klasrum] n классная комната
clean [kli:n] а чистый; v чистить; убирать, вытирать (доску) clever ['kleva] а умный climb [klaim] v лазить; влезать;
подниматься
clock [kbk] n часы (настенные, настольные)
at 6 o’clock в 6 часов clothes [klouftz] n одежда cloud [klaud] n облако cloudy [’klaudi] а облачный club [к!лЬ] n клуб coat [kout] n пальто coffee [*kafi] n кофе cold [kould] а холодный collar ['kola] n воротник; ошейник colour ['кл1э] n цвет come [клт] о (came, come) приходить
competition [,kampa'tifn] n соревнование
concert [’kansat] n концерт contents ['kontents] n оглавление cook [kuk] n повар; кухарка cooking f'kukir)] n приготовление пищи
cool [ku:l] а прохладный corner [*кэ:па] n угол correct [ka'rekt] v исправлять correctly [ka’rektli] adv правильно corridor ['karida:] n коридор cotton ['katn] n хлопок, хлопчатобумажная ткань
could' [kud] v мог count [kaunt] v считать
country ['kAntri) n страна; де ревня, сельская местность course [ka:s] п:
of course конечно cow [kau] n корова crawl [kra:l] v ползти cross [kras] v пересекать, переходить
crossing ['krasiol n перекресток crutch [krAtf] n костыль cry [krai] v кричать; плакать cup [клр] n чашка cupboard I'kAbad] n буфет
D
dad [daed] n папа dance [dans] n танец; v танцевать dark ['dak] а темный
date [deit] n дата daughter |'da:ta] n дочь day [dei] n день dear [did] а дорогой December [di'semba] n декабрь decide [di'said] v решать deck [dek] n палуба decorate ['dekareit] v украшать decoration [,deka'reijnj n украшение
demonstration [.deman'streifn] n демонстрация
desk [desk] n парта, письменный стол
did [did] см. do die [dai] и умирать different ['difarant] а различный difficult ['difikalt] а трудный dining-room [’dainigrum] n столовая
dinner ['dinaj n обед dirty [’da:ti] а грязный
307
11*
dish [dif] n тарелка, блюдо dishes n pl посуда
do [du:] v (did, done) делать do homework учить уроки do morning exercises делать утреннюю гимнастику do sums решать задачи (примеры)
doctor ['dakta] n врач
does [dAz] 3-е л. ед. ч. наст, времени глагола do
dog [dog] n собака doll [dol] n кукла done [dAn] cm. do door [do:] n дверь down [daun] adv вниз, внизу drank [draegk] cm. drink draw [dro:] v (drew, drawn) рисовать
drawing ['dro:ig] n рисование, рисунок
drawn [dro:n] cm. draw drew [dru:] cm. draw dress [dres]n платье; одеваться drink [drigk] v (drank, drunk) пить driver ['draiva] n водитель drunk [drAgk] cm. drink dry [drai] v сушить, вытирать dry oneself вытираться
during ['djuarig] prep в течение, во время
duster [’dAsta] n тряпка
dust [dAst] v вытирать пыль duty ['dju:ti] n долг
be 6n duty дежурить
E
each [i:tj] a, pron каждый each other друг друга
ear |ia] n yxo
early ['a:lij а ранний; adv рано
eat [i:t] v (ate, eaten) есть, кушать
eaten [*i:tn] cm. eat egg [eg] л яйцо eight [eit] num восемь either ['ai6a] a, cj также (при
отрицании)
either ... or Или ... или
eleven [i'levn] num одиннадцать end [end] n конец; v кончать engineer [,end3i'nia] n инженер English ['igglij] n английский
язык; англичанин; англичанка; а английский
enough [i'nAf] adv достаточно, довольно
evening ['i:vnig] п вечер every [*evri] а каждый exercise [’eksasaiz] п упражне-
ние
exercise-book ['eksasaizbuk] п тетрадь
eye [ai| п глаз
F
face [feis] п циферблат
factory ['faektari] п фабрика, завод
fair [fea] а белокурый; справедливый; ясный и солнечный
faithful J'feiOful] а преданный, верный
fall [foil] v (fell, fallen) падать fall ill заболеть
fallen [*fa:ln] cm. fall family ['faemili] n семья far [feu] а далекий; adv далеко farm [feum] n ферма farmer ['feumaj n фермер fat [faet] а толстый father ['feuba] n отец
308
February ['februari] n февраль feet [fi:t] n (pl от foot) ноги fell [fel] cm. fall few [fju:] а мало, немного (с исчисляемыми существительными) a few несколько (с исчисляемыми существительными) field [fi:ld] п поле fifteen ['fif'tirn] пит пятнадцать fifth [fif6] num пятый fifty j'fifti] num пятьдесят fight [fait] n драка; v (fought, fought) драться film [film] n фильм find [faind] v (found, found) находить, отыскивать fine [fain] а прекрасный finger ['figga] n палец finish ['finif] v кончать fire [*faia] n костер, огонь; пожар first [fo:st] num первый fish [fif] n рыба; v ловить, удить рыбу
five [faiv] num пять fix [fiks] v прикреплять flag [flaeg] n флаг flat [flaet] n квартира flew [flu:] cm. fly floor [fb:] n пол; этаж flower [flaua] n цветок flower-garden ['flauagcudn] n цветник
food [fu:d] n пища, продукты, питание
foot [fut] n ступня football ['futborl] n футбольный мяч; футбол
for [b:] prep для
for breakfast на завтрак forest ['forist] n лес fork [b:k] n вилка form [b:m] n класс forty ['b:ti] num сорок
fought [fort] cm. fight found [faund] cm. find four [b:] num четыре free [fri:] а бесплатный French [frentJI а французский Friday ['fraidi] n пятница friend [trend] n друг frog [frog] n лягушка from [from] prep из, от fruit [fru:t] n фрукты frying-pan [*fraiiopaen] n сковорода .
funny [*fAni] а смешной, забавный
G
game [geim] n игра garden ['ga:dn] n сад gas [gaes] n газ gave [geiv] cm. give geography [dji'ogrofi] n география
German [Чзо:тэп] а немецкий get [get] v (got, got) доставать, получать; добираться get off выходить (из автобуса и т. д.) get on входить (в автобус и т. д.) get up вставать get wet промокнуть girl [дэ:1] п девочка, девушка give [giv] v (gave, given) давать given ['givn] cm. give glad [glaed] а довольный glass [gla:s] n стекло; стакан glider ['glaida] n планер glove [gkvj n перчатка go [gou] v (went, gone) идти go home идти домой go out выходить go to bed ложиться спать
309
go to school ходить в школу go to work ходить на работу go by bus ехать на автобусе gold [gould] n золото gone [gon] cm. go good [gud] а хороший goods [gudz] n pl товары got [got] cm. get grandfather ['graen(d),fa:5d] n
дедушка
grandmother [*дгавп,тлба] n бабушка
grasshopper ['grashopo] n кузнечик
grave [greiv] n могила great [greit] а великий green [gri:n] а зеленый grew [gru:] cm. grow grey [grei] а серый ground [graund] n земля, почва ground floor первый этаж sports ground спортивная площадка
grow [grou] о (grew, grown) расти
grown [groun] cm. grow
guard [gcud] n стража, охрана, часовой
gun [длп] n ружье; пушка gymnasium [dsim'neizjam] n спортивный зал
H
had [haed] см. have had to должен был hair [hca] n волосы half [ha f] n половина hall [hoil] n зал; передняя; холл hall-stand ['hd.l'staend] n вешалка hand [haend] n рука (кисть) handbag J'haendbaeg] n сумочка
handkerchief ('haegkatfifj n носовой платок
hand [haeg] v (hung, hung) вешать
happy ['haepi] а счастливый
hat [haet] n шляпа
have [haev] v (had, had) иметь have breakfast (dinner, supper) завтракать (обедать, ужинать)
he has a coat on на нем пальто he [hi:] pron он
head fhed] n голова; руководитель, заведующий
hear [hia] u (heard, heard) слышать
heard [ha:d] cm. hear
held [held] cm. hold
help [help] и помогать
her [ha:] pron ее; свой; принадлежащий ей
herself [ha'self] pron себя; сама here [hia] adv здесь, сюда
here you are вот, пожалуйста (при вручении чего-либо)
hero ['hiarou] п герой high [hai] а высокий hill [hil] п холм, гора him [him] pron ему himself [him'self] pron себя, сам his [hiz] pron его, свой; принадлежащий ему
history ['histari] n история
hit [hit] v (hit, hit) ударять, стукнуть
hobby [hobi] n любимое занятие hold [hould] v (held, held) держаться
hold up поднимать
hole [houl] n яма; дыра
holiday ['holidi] n праздник; отпуск; pl каникулы
home [houm] n дом; жилище
310
at home дома go (come) home идти (приходить) домой
horse [hois] n лошадь hospital ['hospital] n больница hot [hot] а горячий, жаркий hotel [hou'tel] n гостиница, отель hour paua] n час house [haus] n дом how [hau] adv как
how many сколько (об исчисляемых существительных) how much сколько (о неисчисляемых существительных) How do you do? Рад(а) познакомиться. Здравствуйте.
hundred ['hAndrid] пит сто hung [Ило] см. hang hungry ['hAijgri] а голодный hunting ['hAntir)]:
go hunting ходить на охоту hurry [*hAri] v торопиться) husband ['hAzband] n муж
I
I [ai] pron я ice [ais] n лед ice-cream ['ais kri:m] n мороженое if [if] cj если i" Uli а больной important [im'paitnt] а важный in [in] prep в be in быть дома in front of перед infant ['infant] n дитя, малыш institute ['institju:t] n институт interesting ['intrasting] а интересный into ['inta.'intuj prep в
introduce [,intra'dju:s] и представлять, знакомить, вводить
is (iz] 3-е л. ед. ч. наст, времени глагола be
it [it] pron он, она, оно it is four o'clock четыре часа
J
jacket ['dsaekit] n жакет
January ['dsaenjuari] n январь
join [dsain] v присоединяться, вступать
July [d3u:'lai] n июль
jump [d3Amp] v прыгать
June [d3u:n] n июнь
junior ['d3u:nja] а младший, начальный
just [d3AstJ adv только что Just a minute! Минутку!
К
kill [kil] v убивать
kind [kaind] n сорт, вид
What kind of book is this? Какая это книга?
kindergarten ['kindagatn] n детский сад
king [kirj] n король
kitchen ['kitjin] n кухня
kitchen-garten ['kitjin'gadn] n огород
kite [kait] n воздушный змей kite-flying запуск воздушного змея
knew [nju:] см. know
knock [пэк] стучать
know [nou] v (knew, known) знать known [noun] cm. know
311
L
laboratory [b'borotori] n лаборатория
labour ['leibo] n труд
labour training трудовое обучение
ladder flaeda] n лестница, трап laid [leid] cm. lay lain [lein] cm. lie lamp [laemp] n лампа language [’laeggwids] n язык large [lards] а большой last [ I a :st ] а последний, прошлый at last наконец
late [leit] а поздний; adv поздно be late опаздывать
Latin [4aetin] n латинский язык laugh [larf] v смеяться lay [lei] cm. lie lay [lei] о (laid, laid) класть, положить
lay the table накрывать на стол
leaf [lirf] n лист (pl leaves) lean [li:n] о наклоняться learn [lain] v' учиться leave [lirv] (left, left) покидать, оставлять, уезжать leave school оканчивать школу
left [left] а левый on the left налево
left [left] cm. leave leg [leg] n нога lesson [*lesn] n урок let [let] о (let, let) позволять letter [*leta] n письмо; буква library ['laibrari] n библиотека lick [lik] v лизать lie [lai] v (lay, lain) лежать life [laif] n жизнь lift [lift] n лифт light [lait] а светлый; n свет
like [laik] v нравиться; а подобный, похожий
What is the weather like today? Какая сегодня погода? lion piaian] n лев lip [lip] n губа listen f'lisn] v слушать literature [*l itr it Jo] n литература little [*litl] а маленький live [liv] v жить living-room [’livigrum] n жилая комната, гостиная lock [bk] о запирать long [bg] а длинный; adv долго look [lukj v смотреть
look after смотреть за, ухаживать look for искать
lot [bt] n: a lot of много loud [laud] а громкий love [Iav] n любовь; v любить low [lou] а низкий lunch [kntf] n второй завтрак, ланч
M
machine [ma'Jirn] n машина
made [meid] cm. make; а сделанный)
magazine [,maega'zi:n] n журнал make [meik] v (made, made) де-
лать
make a bed застилать (убирать) постель
man [maen] n (pl men) мужчина, человек
many ['meni] а многие, много
map [maep] n карта
March [matJ] n март
312
mark [так] n оценка marry ['тзеп] v жениться; выходить замуж
mathematics [jnaeOi'maetiks] n математика (тоже maths [maeOs]) master ['mcusto] n хозяин may [mei] v мочь May [mei] n май
May Day Первомай mayor [meo] n мэр me [mi:] pron мне meat [mi:t] n мясо meet [mi:t] v (met, met) встречаться), знакомить(ся) meeting ['mi:tir)] n встреча, собрание member ['memba] n член men [men] n (pl от man) люди meridian [mo'ridion] n меридиан met [met] cm. meet mice [mais] cm. mouse middle ['midi] n середина milk [milk] n молоко milkmaid ['milkmeid] n доярка minute ['minitjyz минута mistake [mis’teik] n ошибка modern ['madon] а современный Monday ['mAndi] n понедельник money ['mAni] n деньги month [тлпб] n месяц more [ma:] adv больше; еще morning [*ma:nir)J n утро mother ['тлба] n мать mountain ['mauntin] n гора mouse [maus] n (pl mice) мышь mouth [mauO] n рот much [mAtj] a, adv много muin [тлт] n мама museum [mju/ziani] n музей musiQ ['mju:zik] n музыка must [mAst] v должен my [mai] рьоп мой, моя, мое, мои myself [mai'self] pron себя; я сам
/
N
name [neim] п имя; фамилия near [nia] prep вблизи, рядом need [ni:d] о нуждаться neither [*nai6a]a, cj никакой; ни
тот, ни другой
neither ... пог ни ... ни
nephew ('nevju:] v племянник new [nju:] а новый
newspaper |'nju:speipa] n газета next [nekst] а следующий; prep
рядом
nice [nais] а хороший
night [nait] n ночь
nine [nain] num девять no [nou] adv нет; pron никакой nor [na:] cj не; см. neither nose [nouz] n hoc not [nat] adv не
not at all нисколько; пожалуйста; не стоит (благодарности)
note [nout] п записка, заметка notice ['noutis] п объявление November [nou’vemba] п ноябрь now [паи] adv теперь number ['плтЬэ] п номер nylon ['nailan] п нейлон
О
October [ak'touba] п октябрь of [av] prep указывает на принадлежность, передается родит, падежом
off [af] adv:
take off снимать
offend [o'fend] v обидеть
be offended быть обиженным office ['afis] л учреждение, контора often ['afn] adv часто
313
old [ould] а старый
on [on] prep на
once [wAns] adv однажды
one [wah| num один; n употребляется как заместитель ранее упомянутого существительного
only [*ounli] adv только
open ['оирэп] а открытый; v открывать
opposite ['opazit] а напротив
ог [э:] cj или
other [лба] pron другой
our [*aua] pron наш
ouselves [aua'selvz] pron себя out [autj prep наружу
be out не быть дома; выйти owner [’оипэ] п владелец
Р
page [peid3] п страница
paid [peid] см. pay
paint jpeint] v рисовать красками pair [pea] n пара
palace [*paelis] n дворец pancake ['paenkeik] n блин paper [*peipa] n бумага parents ['pcorants] n pl родители park [peek] n парк
parliament ['palamant] n парламент
part [pout] n часть
take part принимать участие party1 [*pati] n партия
party2 ['patij n прием гостей, вечер
pass [pas] v передавать
past [past] prep после, мимо, перед five minutes past two пять минут третьего
pay [pei] v (paid, paid) платить pen [pen] n ручка
pencil ['pens!] n карандаш pensioner ['penjana] n пенсионер people n люди, народ peoples pl народы
pet [pet] n любимое домашнее животное
photography [fo'tografi] n фотография, фотографирование
physical ['fizikl] а физический physical training физкультура
piano .['pjaenou] n пианино pick [pikj v собирать
pick up поднимать, подбирать picture ['piktja] n картина picture-book ['piktjabuk] n книж-
ка с картинками
pie [pai] n пирог, пирожок piece [pi:s] n кусок
lP*91 n свинья
pig-farm ['pigfam] n свиноферма place [pleis] n место
plant [plant] v сажать; n растение
plant2 [plant] n завод
plate [pleit] n тарелка play [plei] v играть playground ['pleigraund] n пло-
щадка для игр
please [pli:z] пожалуйста pleasure [*р!еза] n удовольствие poem [’pouim] n стихотворение point [point] v указывать pond [pond] n пруд poor [pua] а бедный
porridge [*porid3] n овсяная каша portrait [po:trit] n портрет possible ['posibl] а возможный post-office ['poustpfis] n почта prepare [pri'pco] v приготавли-
вать, готовить
present ['prezontj а присутствующий; n подарок
prison [’prizn] n тюрьма
314
profession [pra'fejn] n профессия promise ['promis] о обещать pronounce [prd'nauns] о произ-
носить
pronunciation [pr^nAnsi'eifn] n произношение
publish ['pAbliJ*] v издавать pull [pul] v тянуть pupil [*pju:pl] n ученик push [puf] v толкать put [put] и (put, put) класть put a coat on надеть пальто put down опускать
Q
quarter ['kworta] n четверть question [’kwestfan] n вопрос quickly ['kwikli] adv быстро
R
rabbit ['raebit] n кролик race [reis] n гонки; v бежать наперегонки
radio freidiou] n радио radio set радиоприемник
railway ['reilwei] n железная дорога
rain [rein] n дождь; v идти (о дожде)
It is raining. Идет дождь, raincoat ['reinkout] n плащ ran [raen] cm. run rang [raeg] cm. ring rat [raet] n крыса raven ['reivnjtfi ворон read [ri:d] v (read [red], read [red]) читать
ready [*redi] а готовый be ready быть готовым
receive [ri'siv] v получать record [*reko:d] n пластинка red [red] а красный refrigerator [ri'fridjireito] n хо-
лодильник
register ['redjisto] n зд. перекличка по классному журналу remember [ri’membo] v помнить repeat [ri'pizt] о повторять report [п'рэЛ] п доклад; о докладывать school report табель успеваемости
resolution [,reza*lu:fn] п решение, намерение
ribbon [’ribnj п лента rich [ritj] а богатый ridden ['ridn] см. ride ride [raid] v (rode, ridden) ехать верхом
right [rait] а правый; правильный
on the right направо That’s right! Правильно! All right! Хорошо!
That’s all right. Все в порядке, ring [rig] u (rang, rung) звонить rise (raiz) v (rose, risen) подни-
маться
risen [rizn] cm. rise
river [*rivo] n река
road [roud] n дорога rock [гэк] n скала rod [rod] n удочка rode [roud] cm. ride room [ru:m] n комната rose [rouz] n роза rose [rouz] cm. rise rope [roup] n веревка round [raund] а круглый; adv вокруг
315
run [глп] v (ran, run) бежать, бегать
rung [глд] см. ring
Russian j'rAjn] а русский; n русский язык
S
said [sed] cm. say sail [seil] n парус salt [so:lt] n соль same [seim] pron, а такой же sang [saerj] cm. sing sat [saet] cm. sit Saturday ['saetadi] n суббота saw [so:] cm. see say [sei] v (said [sed], said) сказать scarf [skcuf] n шарф school [sku:l] n школа school-bag n школьная сумка schoolboy n школьник schoolchildren n pl школьники schoolgirl n школьница schoolyard n школьный двор
Scotland ['skotland] pr n Шотландия
Scottish f'skotij] а шотландский sea [si:] n море season [rsi:zn] n время года second j'sekand] num второй secondary ['sekandari] n средняя (школа) see [si:] v (saw, seen) видеть seen [si:n] cm. see sell [sei] и (sold, sold) продавать sentence ['sentans] n предложение, фраза
September [sep'temba] n сентябрь servant ['sa:vantj n слуга seven ['sevn] num семь
she [Ji:] pron она
sheep [Ji:p] n (pl sheep) овца shelf [Jelf] n (pl shelves) полка shine [Jain] v (shone, shone) светить, светиться
ship [Jip] n корабль shirt [Ja:t] n рубашка shoe [Ju:] n туфля shone [Jan] cm. shine shop [Jap] n магазин shop window витрина shopping-bag ['Jopirjbaeg] n сумка для покупок
shore [Jo:] n берег (моря, озера) short [Ja:t] а короткий show [Jou] v (showed, shown) показывать
showed [Joud] cm. show shown [Joun] cm. show shut [jAt] v (shut, shut) закрывать side [said] n сторона sideboard [’saidba:d] n сервант silent ['sailant] а непроизносимый (о букве); молчаливый be silent молчать
silk ['silk] n шелк silly [*sili] а глупый sing [sig] v (sang, sung) петь sister ['sista] n сестра sit [sit] u (sat, sat) сидеть six [siks] num шесть skate [skeit] n конек; v кататься skating-rink ['skeitirfrigk] n каток ski [ski:] n лыжа; v кататься на
лыжах
skirt [ska:t] n юбка sky [skai] n небо sledge [sleds] n санки sleep [sli:p] v (slept, slept) спать slept [slept] cm. sleep slogan [slougan] < лозунг slow [slou] а медленный small [smo:l] а маленький
316
snow [snou] n снег; v идти (о снеге)
It snows. Идет снег.
snowball ['snoubarl] n снежок snowman ['snoumaen] n снежная баба snowy ['snoui] а снежный
so [sou] adv так, таким образом soap [soup] n мыло sock [sok] n носок sofa ['soufa] n диван, софа sold [sould] cm. sell
some [sAm] a, pron некоторые; несколько
sometimes [*SAmtaimz]adu иногда son [sAn] n сын song [soq] n песня soon [su:n] adv скоро, вскоре sorry ['sori] a:
be sorry сожалеть sound fsaund] n звук; v звучать, произносить
soup [su:p] n суп
south [sauO] n юг
Soviet J'souviat] а советский
Soviet Union Советский Союз speak [spi:k] v (spoke, spoken) говорить
spelling [*spelir)]n правописание, орфография
spoke [spouk] cm. speak spoken ['spoukn] cm. speak spoon [spu:n] n ложка sport [spo:t] n спорт spring [sprig] n весна
square [skwea] а квадратный; n сквер; площадь
stand [staend] n стенд, hall stand вешалка для одежды. в прихожей
stand [staend) v (stood, stood) стоять
stand up вставать
stay [stei] u оставаться still [stil] adv все еще stocking ['stokig] n чулок stone [stoun] n камень stood [stud] cm. stand stop [stop] n остановка; v останавливаться
storm [sto:m] n буря, шторм story [*sto:ri] n рассказ street [*stri:t] n улица student ['stjuzdont] n студент, учащийся
subject ['sAbdjikt] n учебный предмет
suddenly ['sAdnli] adv вдруг, внезапно
suit [su:t] n костюм
sum [sAm] n арифметический пример
do sums решать примеры sun [sah] n солнце sunny ['sAni] а солнечный summer [Члтэ] n лето Sunday [rSAndi] n воскресенье sung [saq] cm. sing supper ['злрэ] n ужин swam [swaem] cm. swim sweep [swi:p] v (swept, swept) мести, подметать
swept [swept] cm. sweep
swim [swim] v (swam, swum) плавать
swum [swAm] cm. swim
T
table ['teibl] n стол; таблица take [teik] и (took, taken) брать
take off снять
take part принимать участие take place иметь место, происходить
317
taken [ teikn] см. take tale [teil] n рассказ talk [ta:k] n разговор; и разговаривать
tall [toil] а высокий, рослый task [ta:sk] n задание taste [teist] n вкус taught [to:t] cm. teach tea [ti:J n чай teach [ti:tj] и (taught, taught) учить teacher n учитель telephone [*telifoun] n телефон tell [tel] v (told, told) рассказы-
вать; сказать
ten [ten] num десять tent [tent] n палатка text [tekst] n текст Thames [temz] pr n p. Темза thank [Oaegk] и благодарить thank you спасибо
that [6aet] pron тот, та
the [ба] перед согласными, [6i:| перед гласными — определенный артикль
the Stogovs Стоговы (семья Стоговых)
theatre ['OiataJ л.театр their [беэ] pron их them [бет] pron им, их themselves [6am'selvz] pron их then [бел] adv затем, потом there [беэ] adv там
these [6i:z] pron эти	4
they [6ei] pron они thick [Oik] а толстый thin [Oin] а тонкий thing [0ig] а вещь
think [Oigk] v (thought, thought) думать
third [0a:d] num третий
thirteen [*6a:ti:n] num тринадцать thirty [*Oa:ti] num тридцать this [bis] pron этот, эта, это
those [6ouz] pron те thought [0a:t] cm. think thousand fOauzand] n тысяча three (0ri:) num три threw [0ru:J cm. throw through [Oru:| prep сквозь, через throw [Orou] о (threw, thrown) бросать, кидать
thrown [Oroun] cm. throw Thursday [0a:zdi] n четверг ticket ['tikit] n билет tie [tai] n галстук tiger ['taiga] n тигр tights [taits] n pl колготки till [til] prep до time [taim] n время timetable ['taim.teibl] n расписание
title ['taitl] n заглавие to [tu:, tu, ta] prep к, в today [ta'dei] adv сегодня together [ta'geba] adv вместе told [tould] cm. tell tomorrow [ ta'morou]a<fи завтра too [tu:] adv тоже, также; слишком, очень
took [tuk] см. take tortoise ['to:tas] n черепаха touch [tAtj] и дотрагиваться towel ['taual] n полотенце tower ['taua] n башня town [taun] n город toy [toi] n игрушка tractor ['traekta] n трактор tradition [tra'difn] n традиция trainer ['treina] n тренер tram ['traem] n трамвай travel ['traevl] n путешествие; v путешествовать
tree [tri:] n дерево
trolley-bus ['trolibAs] n троллейбус
trousers ['trauzaz) n pl брюки
318
true [tru:] а истинный, настоящий try [trai] v пытаться, стараться Tuesday ['tjuzzdij n вторник turn [to:n] v повернуться)
turn back повернуть обратно turn off закрывать, выключать turn on открывать, включать TV set [rti:*vi:'set] n телевизор turning ['toznioJ n поворот (ули-
цы), перекресток
twelve [twelv] num двенадцать twenty ['twenti] num двадцать twenty-one ['twenti'wAn] num двадцать один
two [tu:] num два
U
umbrella [лт'ЬгеЬ] n зонтик uncleJ'AQkl] n дядя under ['Ando] prep под underground ['Andograund] n метро
underlined [,Ando'laind] а подчеркнутый
understand [,Ando'staend] (understood, understood) v понимать
university [Ju:ni'vo:siti] n университет
up [лр| adv вверх
us [as] pron нам, нас
USA [*ju:es'ei] pr n США (Соединенные Штаты Америки) use [ju:z] v употреблять usually ['ju:3uoli] adv обычно
vegetable ['vedjotobl] n овощ very ['veri | adv очень
veteran ['vetoron] n ветеран victory ['viktori] n победа
Victory Day День Победы village ['vilids] n деревня
W
wait [weit] v ждать
wake [weik] v (woke, woken) просыпаться, будить
wall [wo:l] n стена
walk [wo:k] n прогулка; v гулять
go for a walk идти на прогулку
walk on идти (прогуливаться дальше)
want [wont] v хотеть
war [wo:] n война
wardrobe ['wo:droub] n гардероб warm [wo:m] а теплый
watch [wotj] n часы (ручные); v смотреть
watch TV смотреть телевизор water ['wo:to] n вода; v поливать
way [wei] n:
on the way по дороге, по пути we [wi:] pron мы
wear [weo] v (wore, worn) носить (одежду)
weather ['we&o] n погода Wednesday ['wenzdi] n среда week [wi:k] n неделя
week-day ['wizkdei] n будний день welcome ['welkAm] int добро пожаловать
well [wel] adv хорошо be well быть здоровым
went [went] cm. go
wet [wet] а влажный, мокрый get wet промокнуть
319
what [wot] pron что, какой when [wen] adv, cj когда where [wea] adv где, куда which [ wit J] pron какой, который white [wait] а белый who [hu:] pron кто whose [hu:z] pron чей why [wai] adv почему wide [waid] а широкий; adv широко
wife [waif] n жена
wind [wind] n ветер windy ['windi] а ветреный window ['windou] n окно winner [*wina] n победитель winter ['winta] n зима with [wift] prep c woke [wouk] cm. wake woman [wuman] n (pl women) женщина
women ['wimin] n (pl от woman) женщины
wonderful ['wAndaful] а замечательный
wool [wul] n шерсть word [wa:d] n слово wore [wo:] cm. wear work [wa:k] n работа; v работать worker [*wa:ka] n рабочий
workshop [*wa:kjop] n мастерская
world [wa:ld] n мир, свет
worn [wo:n] cm. wear
write [rait] v (wrote, written) писать
writer ['raita] n писатель
written [*ritn] cm. write
wrong [гэг)| а неверный, неправильный
wrote [rout] cm. write
yard [ja:d] n двор year [jia] n год yellow [*jelou] а желтый yes [jes] particle да yesterday ['jestadi] adv вчера yet [jet] adv еще, уже (в вопросительных предложениях)
you [ju:] pron вы (ты), вам (тебе) young [Jao] а молодой your [jo:] pron ваш (твой) yourself [jo/self] pron себя, себе, сам, сами
yourselves [jo/selvz] pron (pl от yourselves) себя, себе, сами
CONTENTS
i
Unit 1
Unit 4
§ 1	4
§ 2	6
§ 3	9
§ 4	12
§ 5	14
§ 6	17
§ 7	21
§ 8	23
§ 9	26
§ 10	28
§ 11	31
§ 12	33
Unit 2
§ 1	35
§ 2	38
§ 3	40
§ 4	42
§ 5	44
§ 6	47
§ 7	50
§ 8	52
§ 9	54
§ 10	57
§ 11	58
§ 12	61
II
Unit 3
§ 1	63
§ 2................•	65
§ 3........‘	67
§	4	70
§	5‘...................... 72
§ -6........................74
§	7	78
§	8	81
§	9	84
§ 1	 87
§ 2	 89
§ 3	 92
§4		95
§5		98
§ 6	101
§ 7	102
§ 8	106
§ 9	109
§ 10	112
III
Unit 5
§ 1	114
§ 2	116
§ 3	117
§ 4	120
§ 5	122
§ 6	124
§ 7	126
§ 8	 128
§ 9	131
§ 10...................f. . . 134
§ 11...................C . . 136
§ 12	137
§ 13	141
§ 14	144
§ 15	146
§ 16	148
§ 17	150
§ 18	152
Unit 6
§ 1	153
§ 2	155
§ 3	157
§ 4	159
§ 5	161
§ 6........................
§ 7........................
§ 8........................
§ 9........................
§ 10.......................
§ Н........................
§ 12.......................
§ 13..................  .	. .
IV
Unit 7
§ 1........................
§ 2........................
§ 3........................
§ 4........................
§ 5........................
§ 6........................
§ 7........................
§ 8........................
163	§	9.........................198
166	§	10........................200
169	§	11........................202
171	§	12........................206
174
176 Unit 8 §	1.........................208
176	§	2.........................210
§	3	211
§	4	214
§	5	216
181	§	6.........................219
183	§	7.........................222
185
186
189 Irregular Verbs...............224
194 Грамматический справочник 225
196 Key to Exercises.............238
READER
To the Readers.......................................... 244
Reading in January, February and March Task I.	Contents Page................................... 245
L.M. Alcott.................................... 246
Little Women................................... 246
New Year Resolutions of an English Boy......... 248
Task 2.	On the Pond..................................... 249
Task 3.	English Alphabet and Spelling................... 252
A Long Name...................................  253
Task 4.	School in England............................... 255
School Time-Table.............................. 255
School Report.................................. 257
Task 5.	A Day in the Life	of Simon Carrot............... 258
Task 6.	Mr. Blue........................................ 261
Task 7.	London.......................................... 264
The Tower of London............................ 265
Task 8.	The Thames...................................... 266
Big Ben........................................ 267
London Bridge.................................. 268
Task	9.	A. Marshall.................................... 269
Crossing the	road............................... 269
Task	10. B. Potter...................................... 271
The Story of Mr. Jeremy Fisher.................. 272
Reading in April	and May........................ 275
4 Reading in April and May
Task	11.	A. Faithul Friend.............................. 275
Task	12.	R. L. Stevenson................................ 277
*	Kidnapped...................................... 278
Task	13.	Dick Whittington and	His Cat................... 281
Task	14.	Bluebird....................................... 284
Task	15.	The Light on the Rock.......................... 287
Task	16.	The Secret of Green Dragon..................... 292
Task	17.	Races in England............................... 295
Task	18.	Hobbies........................................ 297
Ben’s Hobby..................................... 298
Alice’s Hobby	. . /............................ 298
Kite-Flying..................................... 298
Task	19.	Randy and the Tiger............................ 300
Trancription............................................. 303
Vocabulary............................................... 304
Анатолий Петрович Старков Ричард Ричардович Диксон Борис Семенович Островский
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК
Учебник
2-й год обучения
(для 6 класса средней школы)
Ответственные за выпуск Дмитриев В. В., Чистобаев С. В.
Научный редактор Янушевская И. Д.
Художник Фоличеева А. В.
Оформление обложки Волошкин О. П.
Компьютерный дизайн и верстка Лукина Н. В.
Технические редакторы Беккерман Ю. И., Костылева И. В.
Корректор Воронцова И. П.
Лицензия № 071099 от 09.11.94. Подписано в печать 20.09.95.
Формат 60x88 /16- Гарнитура литературная. Печ. л. 21.
Доп. тираж 200 000экз. (1-й завод!—100 000экз.). Зак. 153.
Издательство «Специальная литература*, 198052, Санкт-Петербург, Измайловский пр., 29.
АО «Санкт-Петербургская типография № 6». 193144, Санкт-Петербург, ул. Моисеенко, д. 10.
ea [i:] sea
ie [i:] field
au [э:] autumn
aw[o:] saw all [э:] ball
ass, ask, ast [cu] glass, ask, past w (h) а [э] what, watch
ook [u] book
ai, ay [ei] rain, way
ie, ye [ai] pie, dye
igh [ai] night
ild [ai] child ind [ai] kind ei [ai] either
oi, oy[oi] noise, boy oa[ou] road
ou, ow[au] house, town old [ou] gold air[eo] pair ear [eo] wear eer[ia] engineer (t)ch[tj] bench, watch ng[rj] song nkfrjk] thank ph[f] telephone sh[J] shelf th [0] thick th[d] this
GREAT BRITAIN London
THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Washington
CANADA Ottawa
AUSTRALIA Canberra
сшшрпг